Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 278

MULTIFUNCTION EDGER

Me 900

SERVICE MANUAL

December 2011
Pages in total: 278
LLE20ARDA002A
NIDEK CO., LTD. : 34-14, Maehama, Hiroishi-cho, Gamagori, Aichi 443-0038, Japan
(Manufacturer) Telephone: +81-533-67-6611
Facsimile: +81-533-67-6610
NIDEK CO., LTD : 3F Sumitomo Fudosan Hongo Bldg., 3-22-5, Hongo,
(Tokyo Office) Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo 113-0033, Japan
Telephone: +81-3-5844-2641
Facsimile: +81-3-5844-2642
NIDEK INCORPORATED : 47651 Westinghouse Drive, Fremont, California 94539, U. S. A.
(United States Agent) Telephone: +1-510-226-5700
Facsimile: +1-510-226-5750
NIDEK S.A. : Europarc 13, rue Auguste Perret, 94042 Créteil, France
(EU Authorized Representative) Telephone: +33-1-49 80 97 97
Facsimile: +33-1-49 80 32 08
LLE20ARDA002A

Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3. SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3 . 1 Safety Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 . 2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

4. TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
5. SUBTROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
5 . 1 Initial Screen is not Displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5 . 1 . 1 Power supply voltage check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5 . 1 . 2 Backlight of color LCD panel does not illuminate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5 . 2 Instrument is not Initialized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5 . 3 Error Message Appears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
5 . 3 . 1 Roughing not completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
5 . 3 . 2 Finishing not completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
5 . 3 . 3 Feeler off error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5 . 3 . 4 Lens detection error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5 . 3 . 5 Front & rear measuring data error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5. 3. 5. 1 Left Encoder value does not change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5. 3. 5. 2 Right Encoder value does not change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5 . 3 . 6 Start & end measuring data error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
5 . 3 . 7 Unavailable lens shape for RMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5 . 3 . 8 XYR initialize error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5 . 3 . 9 X initialize error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5. 3. 9. 1 Carriage ASSY (44501-5000) does not move horizontally . 21
5 . 3 . 10 Y initialize error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5 . 3 . 10. 1 Y axis carriage ASSY does not move vertically. . . . . . . . . . 23
5 . 3 . 11 R initialize error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5 . 3 . 11. 1 Lens adapter and lens clamp do not rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5 . 3 . 12 XY initialize error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5 . 3 . 13 XR initialize error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5 . 3 . 14 YR initialize error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
5 . 3 . 15 Front feeler initialize error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5 . 3 . 15. 1 Left lens measuring ASSY does not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5 . 3 . 16 Rear feeler initialize error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5 . 3 . 16. 1 Right lens measuring ASSY does not move . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5 . 3 . 17 Drill Z initialize error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5 . 3 . 17. 1 Motor ASSY does not move forward or backward. . . . . . . . 32
I
LLE20ARDA002A

5 . 3 . 18 Drill R initialize error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33


5 . 3 . 18. 1 Processing ASSY does not rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5 . 3 . 19 RMU initialize error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
5 . 3 . 19. 1 RMU Encoder value does not change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5 . 3 . 20 Front feeler motor error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5 . 3 . 21 Rear feeler motor error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5 . 3 . 22 RMU motor error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5 . 3 . 23 Chuck origin error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5 . 3 . 23. 1 Chuck does not open or close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5 . 3 . 24 Pre-Chuck sensor error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5 . 3 . 25 Main wheel not rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
5 . 3 . 26 Drill/groove wheel not rotate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5 . 3 . 27 I/O board error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5 . 4 Maintenance Message Appears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5 . 5 “Process canceled by opening the door” Appears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
5 . 6 Control Panel is not Operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5 . 6 . 1 Buttons on control panel are not operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5 . 6 . 2 Jog dial on control panel are not operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5 . 7 Touch Panel is not Operational. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
5 . 8 Communication with Connected Equipment is not Possible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5 . 9 Lenses cannot be Processed Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5 . 9 . 1 Water does not flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
5 . 9 . 2 Processing time is overly long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5 . 9 . 3 Lens size is not proper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5 . 9 . 4 Lens is not beveled properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5 . 9 . 5 Axis shift occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5 . 9 . 6 Lens is not safety beveled properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5 . 9 . 7 Lens is not polished properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5. 9. 7. 1 Beveled surface is not polished properly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5. 9. 7. 2 Flat-edged surface is not polished properly. . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
5 . 9 . 8 Lens is not grooved properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5 . 9 . 9 Lens is not drilled properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

6. REMOVAL PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57


6 . 1 Opening Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6 . 2 Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6 . 3 Front Cover (44501-M202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6 . 4 Left Side Cover (44501-M204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6 . 5 Right Side Cover (44501-M205) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
6 . 6 Rear Cover (44501-M203) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

7. REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61


7 . 1 ASSYs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7 . 1 . 1 X axis drive ASSY (44501-1100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7 . 1 . 2 Feedwater ASSY (44501-1200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7 . 1 . 3 Joint ASSY L (44501-1210) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7 . 1 . 4 Joint ASSY H (44501-1220) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

II
LLE20ARDA002A

7 . 1 . 5 Spindle ASSY (45501-1400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63


7 . 1 . 6 Power supply ASSY (45501-1500, 45501-15A0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7 . 1 . 7 Inverter ASSY (45501-1520, 45501-1520A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7 . 1 . 8 Display ASSY (44501-2110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
7 . 1 . 9 Switch board ASSY (44501-2120) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
7 . 1 . 10 Main board ASSY (44501-2140) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7 . 1 . 11 Grooving/Drilling ASSY (44501-3000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
7 . 1 . 12 Slider ASSY (44501-3100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7 . 1 . 13 Joint ASSY (44501-3200). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
7 . 1 . 14 Processing ASSY (45501-3300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
7 . 1 . 15 Motor ASSY (44501-3400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
7 . 1 . 16 Left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
7 . 1 . 17 Left feeler ASSY (44501-4120) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7 . 1 . 18 Right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7 . 1 . 19 Right feeler ASSY (44501-4220) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
7 . 1 . 20 Carriage ASSY (44501-5000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
7 . 1 . 21 Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
7 . 1 . 22 Chuck shaft motor ASSY (44501-5210) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
7 . 1 . 23 Y axis ASSY (44501-5300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
7 . 1 . 24 Periphery measurement ASSY (44501-7000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
7 . 1 . 25 Processing chamber ASSY (44501-9000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
7 . 1 . 26 Wheel ASSYs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7 . 1 . 27 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
7 . 1 . 27. 1 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of left lens measuring ASSY . . 90
7 . 1 . 27. 2 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of right lens measuring ASSY. . . . 90
7 . 2 Boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
7 . 2 . 1 Main board (44501-BA01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
7 . 2 . 2 I/O board (44501-BA02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
7 . 2 . 3 Switch board (44501-BA03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
7 . 2 . 4 Carriage connection board (44501-BA04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7 . 2 . 5 LCD connection board (44501-BA05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
7 . 2 . 6 Drill connection board (44501-BA06) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
7 . 2 . 7 LMU connection board (44501-BA07) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
7 . 2 . 8 Periphery measurement connection board (44501-BA08) . . . . . . . . . 98
7 . 2 . 9 SSR board (44501-BA09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
7 . 2 . 10 Motorized cover connection board (44501-BA10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
7 . 2 . 11 Interface board (44501-BA11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
7 . 2 . 12 USB board (44501-BA13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
7 . 3 Electric Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7 . 3 . 1 Cable ASSYs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7. 3. 1. 1 Cable ASSY (44501-CA27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7. 3. 1. 2 Cable ASSY (41971-CA07) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
7 . 3 . 2 Sensor ASSYs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7. 3. 2. 1 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7. 3. 2. 2 Sensor ASSY (45501-CA38) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7. 3. 2. 3 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA44) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7. 3. 2. 4 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA51) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

III
LLE20ARDA002A

7 . 3. 2. 5 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA52) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108


7 . 3. 2. 6 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
7 . 3. 2. 7 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA56) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
7 . 3 . 3 DC motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7 . 3. 3. 1 DC motor (44501-E027) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7 . 3. 3. 2 DC motor (44001-E042) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
7 . 3 . 4 Pulse motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
7 . 3. 4. 1 Pulse motor (44401-E022) of X axis drive ASSY . . . . . . . 113
7 . 3. 4. 2 Pulse motor (80407-00217) of slider ASSY. . . . . . . . . . . . 114
7 . 3. 4. 3 Pulse motor (80407-00217) of motor ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . 115
7 . 3 . 5 Three-phase stepping motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
7 . 3. 5. 1 Three-phase stepping motor (44501-E034) for Y axis ASSY. . . . 116
7 . 3. 5. 2 Three-phase stepping motor (44501-E035) for Y axis
carriage ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7 . 3 . 6 Three-phase driver (44501-E036) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
7. 3. 6. 1 Three-phase driver for Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-E036) . 119
7. 3. 6. 2 Three-phase driver for Y axis ASSY (44501-E036). . . . . . 120
7 . 3 . 7 Micro servo motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7. 3. 7. 1 Micro servo motor (44501-E070) for periphery measurement
ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7. 3. 7. 2 Micro servo motor (40340-E070) for motor ASSY. . . . . . . 121
7 . 3 . 8 Inverter board (10701-E002) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
7 . 3 . 9 Rotary encoder (34085-E202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
7 . 3 . 10 DC fan (40350-E016) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
7 . 3 . 11 BL motor inverter (44401-E071, 44401-E072) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
7 . 3 . 12 Brushless motor (44401-E070) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
7 . 3 . 13 Color LCD panel (44601-E010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
7 . 3 . 14 Switching regulator (80602-00101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
7 . 3 . 15 Circuit protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7 . 4 Mechanical Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7 . 4 . 1 End mill (40350-M372) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7 . 4 . 2 Grooving wheel (43131-M001). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
7 . 4 . 3 Safety beveling wheel (45501-M352). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7 . 4 . 4 Feelers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
7. 4. 4. 1 Feeler of the left feeler ASSY (44501-M462) . . . . . . . . . . 130
7. 4. 4. 2 Feeler of the right feeler ASSY (40350-M436) . . . . . . . . . 130
7 . 4 . 5 Timing belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7. 4. 5. 1 Timing belt (44501-M584) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7. 4. 5. 2 Timing belt (44001-M538) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7 . 4 . 6 Ball screw (40350-M552) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

8. ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
8 . 1 Entering Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
8 . 2 Each Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
8 . 2 . 1 General screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
8 . 2 . 2 Maintenance screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
8 . 2 . 3 Grinding screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

IV
LLE20ARDA002A

8. 2 . 4 Connection screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139


8 . 3 Machine Test Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
8. 3 . 1 Carriage check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
8. 3 . 2 Spindle check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
8. 3 . 3 Cover check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
8. 3 . 4 Drill unit check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
8. 3 . 5 LMU check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
8. 3 . 6 RMU check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
8. 3 . 7 Port check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
8. 3 . 8 Others check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
8. 3 . 9 Running check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
8 . 4 Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
8 . 5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
8 . 6 Touch Panel Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
8 . 7 Attaching Jigs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
8. 7 . 1 Touch sensor calibration jig (44570-0020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
8. 7 . 2 Calibration jig (44570-M020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
8. 7 . 3 Size compensation jig (44570-M041). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
8 . 8 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
8. 8 . 1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
8. 8 . 2 RMU calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
8. 8 . 3 LMU calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
8. 8 . 4 RMU size calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
8. 8 . 5 Hole depth calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
8 . 9 Touch Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
8. 9 . 1 Wheel calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
8. 9 . 2 Drill unit calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
8 . 10 Feeler Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
8. 10 . 1 Feeler height check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
8. 10 . 2 Feeler height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
8 . 11 Feeler Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
8. 11 . 1 Feeler axis check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
8. 11 . 2 Feeler axis adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
8 . 12 Processing Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8. 12 . 1 Loading shape for adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8. 12 . 2 Settings in guided processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
8 . 12. 2 . 1 Guided beveling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
8 . 12. 2 . 2 Guided processing for nylor frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8 . 12 . 3 Finish size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8 . 12. 3 . 1 Finish size check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8 . 12. 3 . 2 Finish size adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8 . 12 . 4 Groove position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8 . 12. 4 . 1 Groove position check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8 . 12. 4 . 2 Groove position adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8 . 12 . 5 Groove depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
8 . 12. 5 . 1 Groove depth check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
8 . 12. 5 . 2 Groove depth adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

V
LLE20ARDA002A

8 . 12 . 6 Groove axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171


8 . 12. 6 . 1 Groove axis check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
8 . 12. 6 . 2 Groove axis adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8 . 12 . 7 Bevel position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
8 . 12. 7 . 1 Bevel position check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
8 . 12. 7 . 2 Bevel position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
8 . 12 . 8 Axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8 . 12. 8 . 1 When axis adjustment jig is used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8 . 12. 8 . 1 . 1 Axis check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8 . 12. 8 . 1 . 2 Axis adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8 . 12. 8 . 2 When axis adjustment jig is not used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8 . 12. 8 . 2 . 1 Axis check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8 . 12. 8 . 2 . 2 Axis adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8 . 12 . 9 Safety beveling wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
8 . 12. 9 . 1 Safety beveling wheel position check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
8 . 12. 9 . 2 Safety beveling wheel position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
8 . 12 . 10 SFB axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
8 . 12. 10. 1 SFB axis check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
8 . 12. 10. 2 SFB axis adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
8 . 12 . 11 Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
8 . 12. 11. 1 Hole check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
8 . 12. 11. 2 Hole diameter adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
8 . 12. 11. 3 Hole depth adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
8 . 12. 11. 4 Drill axis adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
8 . 12. 11. 5 Drill hole vertical position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
8 . 12. 11. 6 Drill arm origin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
8 . 12. 11. 7 Front surface offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
8 . 12 . 12 Polish Differential Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
8 . 12 . 13 Beveled edge polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
8 . 12. 13. 1 Beveled edge polish check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
8 . 12. 13. 2 Beveled edge polish adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
8 . 12 . 14 Polish axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
8 . 12. 14. 1 Polish axis check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
8 . 12. 14. 2 Polish axis adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
8 . 12 . 15 Polish size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8 . 12. 15. 1 Polish size check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8 . 12. 15. 2 Polish size adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
8 . 13 Self Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
8 . 14 Connection Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
8 . 14 . 1 Network setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
8 . 14 . 2 VCA setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
8 . 15 Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
8 . 16 Parameter Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
8 . 17 Parameter Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
8 . 18 BL Motor Inverter Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
8 . 18 . 1 Changing parameter settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
8 . 18 . 2 BL motor inverter: changed parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

VI
LLE20ARDA002A

8 . 18 . 3 Trip check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223


8 . 19 Software Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

9. SUPPLEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
9 . 1 Appearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
9 . 2 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
9 . 3 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
9 . 4 Connector Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
9 . 5 Parts Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
9 . 5 . 1 Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
9 . 5 . 2 Cables and sensor ASSYs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
9 . 5 . 3 Electric parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
9 . 6 Grease Application Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
9 . 6 . 1 Spindle ASSY (44501-1400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
9 . 6 . 2 Grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9 . 6 . 3 Slider ASSY (44501-3100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
9 . 6 . 4 Processing ASSY (45501-3300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
9 . 6 . 5 Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
9 . 6 . 6 Chuck shaft motor ASSY (44501-5210) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
9 . 6 . 7 Y axis ASSY (44501-5300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
9 . 7 Error Message List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9 . 8 Parameter List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9 . 8 . 1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9 . 8 . 2 Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
9 . 8 . 3 Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
9 . 9 BL Motor Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
9 . 9 . 1 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
9 . 9 . 2 Parameter list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
9. 9. 2. 1 Parameters for user (disclosed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
9. 9. 2. 2 System parameters (closed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9 . 10 Jig List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9 . 11 Adjustment Item List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
9 . 11 . 1 ASSYs and adjustment items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
9 . 11 . 2 Boards and adjustment items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
9 . 11 . 3 Electric parts and adjustment items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
9 . 11 . 4 Mechanical parts and adjustment items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
9 . 12 Screw List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

VII
LLE20ARDA002A

This page is intentionally left blank.

VIII
LLE20ARDA002A

1 INTRODUCTION
This Service Manual describes repair procedures of the NIDEK MULTIFUNCTION EDGER, Me
900.
To conduct repairs properly, thorough understanding of the contents in this manual is required
prior to the service.
Refer to the Operator’s Manual and Parts List.
In case the instrument cannot be repaired by the procedures described in this manual, please
report the serial number of the instrument and details of the symptom or symptoms.
Refer to the Service Manual Annex for important changes.

1
LLE20ARDA002A

This page is intentionally left blank.

2
LLE20ARDA002A

2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

1 . Requirements for prior contact regarding repair


1 ) When conducting repairs described in the Service Manual or Service Manual Annex,
prior contact with NIDEK is not necessary.
2 ) When conducting repairs not covered in the Service Manual or Service Manual
Annex, prior contact with the NIDEK Service Department in writing is required.
3 ) When for some reason, repairs were conducted because they needed to be done
immediately, or other such circumstance, contact NIDEK as soon as possible in writ-
ing after conducting repairs to the instrument.

2 . General precautions
1 ) Repairs by the Service Manual or Service Manual Annex must be performed by per-
sonnel who have undergone training at NIDEK.
2 ) Conduct repairs according to the procedures described in the Service Manual or Ser-
vice Manual Annex.
3 ) Never wipe the covers using an organic solvent such as paint thinner.
Doing so may ruin the surface and impair the appearance of the instrument.

3 . Maintenance cautions
1 ) Take antistatic precautions prior to repair.
2 ) Take proper care against electric shock during repair.
3 ) Tighten or loosen screws with proper tools.
4 ) Never drop parts or screws inside the instrument.
5 ) Prepare storage cases so as not to lose the removed screws or parts.
6 ) After loosening the screws fixed by a threadlocking adhesive, be sure to reapply the
threadlocking adhesive to the screws when retightening them.
7 ) After replacing parts, confirm that they are fastened in their original positions securely
before turning on the power.
8 ) See Wiring Diagram and Connecting Cable to check cable breaks as described in
TROUBLESHOOTING. In addition, check cables for the following:
a . Connectors are connected and crimped properly.
b . No contact failure occurs after re-connection of connectors.
c . Cables are soldered properly.
* Do not yank the cables with excessive force. Doing so could cause cable break-
age. Never conduct repairs with wet hands. Electric shock or failure of the instru-
ment may result.
9 ) The labeled area indicates high voltage. Take proper precautions against electric
shock.
10) When a cable with any of the following marks is disconnected and reconnected, be
sure to confirm that the screws are tightened securely.
a . Protective ground:
b . Functional ground:
c . Equipotential:

3
LLE20ARDA002A

11 ) Install the instrument in area where the outlet the power plug is inserted into is easily
accessible during use. In addition, ensure that the power cord can be disconnected
without the use of a tool.
* Otherwise, it may interfere with disconnecting of the power from the input power
source in case of abnormality.
12) Be sure to make the correct material selection for the lens material being processed.
If the material selection is improper, the lens may break or the lifetime of the process-
ing wheels may be reduced substantially.
13) Never open the processing chamber door while the wheel is rotating.
Spray containing processing waste may come into your eyes.
14) Keep your hands and face away from the wheel while it is rotating.
15) Use the provided pliable cup remover to remove a pliable cup from the lens.
16) When removing a mini cup, wrap the lens with a soft cloth or such and use the pro-
vided mini cup remover.
Hands may be injured by the lens edge if the lens is held directly.
17) Change water routinely when using a pump tank.
If dirty water is used continually, water may overflow from the pump tank causing
instrument trouble to occur.

4 . Adjustment precautions
1 ) Confirm that the following conditions are met before installation.
a . A place which is level and stable without vibration and shock
b . No exposure to direct sunlight or ultraviolet rays
c . A place with minimal external light sources
d . No exposure to water
e . A place where temperature and humidity meet the specifications for use
2 ) Never use the adjustment jigs for purposes other than those intended.

5 . Cleaning precautions
1 ) Confirm the lens measuring window is closed tightly when cleaning inside the pro-
cessing chamber.
Failure to do so may allow water and processing waste to enter the machine and
cause trouble.
2 ) Always wear gloves when replacing the wheel after it and the processing chamber
interior have been cleaned. Bare hands can be injured by glass-processing waste.

6 . Caution after repairs


1 ) Confirm that the system operates properly after repairs.

4
LLE20ARDA002A

3 SPECIFICATIONS

3.1 Safety Features


* For safe use, the instrument is provided with the following features.
1 . Self-diagnosis function
This function always checks the instrument state in operation.
When an abnormality has been detected, the operation is immediately stopped and an
error indicating the details of the abnormality is displayed.

5
LLE20ARDA002A

3.2 Specifications
1 . Processing
Auto processing Computer-calculated beveling
Guided processing Frame curve
Front-based curve
Rear-based curve
Ratio
Frame-based curve
Positioning
Tilt
Flat edging
Polishing Beveled surface
Flat edged surface
Safety beveling
Grooving
Drilling
Retouching
Soft processing

2 . Processing range
Periphery processing
Maximum lens size ø90 mm or less (within the range of ø100 mm)
* The maximum lens size with safety beveling is ø69.0 × 65.0 mm or less.
Minimum lens size (width × height)
* The minimum lens size depends on the cup shape. Some lenses may not be pro-
cessed because of the shape.
Pliable cup
Without safety Flat edging ø32.0 × 19.5 mm
beveling Beveling ø33.0 × 21.0 mm
With safety Flat edging ø34.5 × 24.5 mm
beveling Beveling ø35.5 × 25.5 mm
Mini cup (optional)
Without safety Flat edging ø22.0 × 17.4 mm
beveling Beveling ø23.0 × 18.4 mm
With safety Flat edging ø26.5 × 23.5 mm
beveling Beveling ø27.5 × 24.5 mm
Nano cup (optional)
Without safety Flat edging ø20.0 × 15.5 mm
beveling Beveling ø21.0 × 16.5 mm
With safety Flat edging ø26.5 × 23.5 mm
beveling Beveling ø27.5 × 24.5 mm
Grooving (except glass lenses)
Maximum lens size Same as that for periphery processing
Minimum lens size Same as that for periphery processing

3 . Adjustable range
FPD 30.00 to 99.50 mm (in 0.01 mm increments)
PD 30.00 to 99.50 mm (in 0.01 mm increments)
1/2 PD 15.00 to 49.75 mm (in 0.01 mm increments)
Optical center height -15.0 to +15.0 mm (in 0.1 mm increments)
Size adjustment -9.95 to +9.95 mm (in 0.01 mm increments)
Bevel position -12.8 to +12.7 mm (in 0.1mm increments)

6
LLE20ARDA002A

4 . Available lens materials


Plastic (CR-39 or such)
High index plastic
Trivex
Polycarbonate
Acrylic resin
Polyurethane
Glass
* Available lenses are only those for glasses. Select proper wheel configuration depend-
ing on the lens material.

5 . Wheel configuration (The type is indicated with the sticker on the front of the Me 900.)
PLB
Finishing wheel for plastic 100 mm in diameter, 17.5 mm in width
lenses
Polishing wheel 100 mm in diameter, 17.5 mm in width
Roughing wheel for plastic 100 mm in diameter, 22 mm in width 57 mm in total
lenses
PLB-2R
Roughing wheel for glass 100 mm in diameter, 17 mm in width
lenses
Finishing wheel for plastic 100 mm in diameter, 17.5 mm in width
lenses
Polishing wheel 100 mm in diameter, 17.5 mm in width
Roughing wheel for plastic 100 mm in diameter, 17 mm in width 69 mm in total
lenses

6 . Polishing of each type


PLB Beveled/flat edged surface except glass lenses
PLB-2R Beveled/flat edged surface except glass lenses

7 . Lens chucking
Chuck method Electric system
Chuck pressure 45 ±3 kgf (can be set for CR39/Hi-index, Trivex/
Polyca./Acrylic/Urethane, and glass each.)

8 . Water supply system Circuit system


Tap water supply system

9 . Lens measurement
Lens periphery measurement Lens periphery is measured.
If outer diameter of a lens is insufficient, it is detected.
Lens front/rear surface Both front and rear surfaces of a lens are measured
measurement simultaneously.
Shape outline and 3D shape of the lens front and rear
around the periphery are measured. ?
When drilling is selected, the tilt angle of the hole is
measured.

7
LLE20ARDA002A

10. Other functions


Layout Active, passive, bifocal
Layout entry item
FPD
PD (1/2 PD)
Optical center height (vertical optical center, PD, BT)
Retouching function Available
Interface function RS-232C 3 ports
Ethernet 10/100 Base-T 1 port
USB 1 port (for the optional USB flash drive only)
Control outlet
For Pump 1 1 unit
For Pump 2 1 unit
For Vacuum 1 unit

11 . Wheel motor Spindle-integrated high efficient brushless motor


Rated output 400 W

12. Power requirements


Power supply voltage AC 100 to 120 V (50/60 Hz)
AC 230 V (50/60 Hz)
Power consumption Max. 1.3 kVA

13. Dimensions and mass


Dimensions 600 mm (W) × 496 mm (D) × 355 mm (H)
Mass 50 kg or less

14. Environmental conditions


During use
Installation location Indoors
Temperature 5 to 40°C
Humidity 30 to 80% in the range of 5 to 31°C
Minimum humidity is 30% in the range of 31 to 40°C.
Maximum humidity decreases linearly from 80 to 50%
as the temperature increases from 31 to 40°C.
Altitude 2000 m or less above sea level
Other condition No harmful dust, smoke, or vibration
* Design and specifications are subject to change without notice for improvement.

8
LLE20ARDA002A

4 TROUBLESHOOTING

Turn on the power switch.

No
Is the initial screen displayed? 5.1 Initial Screen is not Displayed (p11)

Yes

No
Is the instrument initialized? 5.2 Instrument is not Initialized (p14)

Yes

No
Does any error message appear? 5.3 Error Message Appears (p15)

Yes

No
Does the maintenance message appear? 5.4 Maintenance Message Appears (p43)

Yes

No
Are the buttons on the control panel operational? 5.6 Control Panel is not Operational (p45)

Yes

No
Is the touch panel operational? 5.7 Touch Panel is not Operational (p47)

Yes

Is the communication with the connected No 5.8 Communication with Connected Equipment is
equipment possible? not Possible (p48)
Yes

9
LLE20ARDA002A

No
Can lenses be processed properly? 5.9 Lenses cannot be Processed Properly (p49)

Yes

Turn off the power switch.

10
LLE20ARDA002A

5 SUBTROUBLESHOOTING

5.1 Initial Screen is not Displayed


No
Is the power supply voltage proper? 5.1.1 Power supply voltage check (p12)

Yes

Does the backlight of the color LCD panel No 5.1.2 Backlight of color LCD panel does not
illuminate? illuminate (p13)
Yes

Are there any breaks in the flexible flat cable Yes Replace the flexible flat cable (44501-E040) (see
(44501-E040)? 9.3 [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the LCD cable (44601- Yes Replace the LCD cable (44601-CA07) (see 9.3
CA07)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the color LCD panel (44601-E010) (see


7.3.13 [p125]).

No
Is the problem resolved? End

Yes

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.1


[p91]).

11
LLE20ARDA002A

5.1.1 Power supply voltage check


No
Is the power supply voltage proper? Install a voltage stabilizer.

Yes

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA01) (see 9.3
CA01)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA02) (see 9.3
CA02)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Is there conduction between terminals 1-1a and 2-


No Replace the circuit protector (80431-00029) (see
2a of the circuit protector (80431-00029) when the
7.3.15 [p127]).
power switch is turned on?
Yes

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA03) (see 9.3
CA03)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Is the voltage between the following CN51


terminals of the switching regulator (80602-00101)
DC +24 V?
No Replace the switching regulator (80602-00101)
Between the 5th and 1st pins
(see 7.3.14 [p126]).
Between the 6th and 2nd pins
Between the 7th and 3rd pins
Between the 8th and 4th pins
Yes

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA09) (see 9.3
CA09)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

End

12
LLE20ARDA002A

5.1.2 Backlight of color LCD panel does not illuminate


Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA11) (see 9.3
CA11)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the flexible flat cable Yes Replace the flexible flat cable (44501-E040) (see
(44501-E040)? 9.3 [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA34) (see 9.3
CA34)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the inverter board (10782-E002) (see


7.3.8 [p122]).

No
Is the problem resolved? End

Yes

Replace the color LCD panel (44601-E010) (see


7.3.13 [p125]).

No
Is the problem resolved? End

Yes

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.1


[p91]).

13
LLE20ARDA002A

5.2 Instrument is not Initialized


Are there any breaks in the LAN cable (44501- Yes Replace the LAN cable (44501-E021) (see 9.3
E021)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

No
Is the problem resolved? End

Yes

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.1


[p91]).

14
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3 Error Message Appears


5.3.1 Roughing not completed
Has the roughing wheel for glass lenses or that for
plastic lenses reached the end date of its
operational life or processed the maximum number No Replace the roughing wheel for glass lenses or that
of lenses? for plastic lenses (see 7.1.26 [p89]).
Operational life: 2 years
Maximum number: 5000
Yes

Does “Roughing not completed” appear while a Yes


Dress the roughing wheel for glass lenses.
glass lens is processed?
No

No
Is the problem resolved?

End

Set the parameter value for the maximum


Is the parameter value for the maximum processing No
processing rotation number to 40 (see 8.2.1
rotation number 40?
[p134]).
Yes

Does the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200)


move vertically when the Y axis ASSY (44501- Yes 5.3.10.1 Y axis carriage ASSY does not move
5300) is moved with Y Axis Power on the Machine vertically (p23)
test screen set to 14?
No

Replace the roughing wheel for plastic lenses (see


7.1.26 [p89]).

15
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.2 Finishing not completed


Has any finishing wheel reached the end date of its
operational life or processed the maximum number
No Replace the corresponding finishing wheel (see
of lenses?
7.1.26 [p89]).
Operational life: 2 years
Maximum number: 5000
Yes

Dress each finishing wheel.

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Set the parameter value for the maximum


Is the parameter value for the maximum processing No
processing rotation number to 40 (see 8.2.1
rotation number 40?
[p134]).
Yes

Does the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200)


move vertically when the Y axis ASSY (44501- Yes 5.3.10.1 Y axis carriage ASSY does not move
5300) is moved with Y Axis Power on the Machine vertically (p23)
test screen set to 12?
No

When the movement of the Y axis ASSY is


checked by hand with the X axis carriage ASSY Yes
Correct the positions of the obstructing cables.
(44501-5100) at the position for finishing, do the
mechanical parts and cables obstruct each other?
No

Return the instrument to NIDEK.

16
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.3 Feeler off error


Yes
Is the lens size below the processing range? Replace the lens.

No

Is the feeler (44501-M461) of the left feeler ASSY Replace the feeler (44501-M461) of the left feeler
No
(44501-4110) or right feeler ASSY (44501-4210) ASSY (44501-4110) or right feeler ASSY (44501-
worn out? 4210) (see 7.4.4 [p130]).
Yes

Does the left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100)


No 5.3.15.1 Left lens measuring ASSY does not move
move with the LMU Left buttons on the Machine
(p28)
test screen?
Yes

Does the right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200)


No 5.3.16.1 Right lens measuring ASSY does not
move with the LMU Right buttons on the Machine
move (p30)
test screen?
Yes

8.8.3 LMU calibration (p153)

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

5.3.4 Lens detection error


No
Is a lens set? Set a lens.

Yes

5.3.3 Feeler off error (p17)

17
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.5 Front & rear measuring data error


No
Is the chuck pressure 45 ±3 Kgf? 8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment (p145)

Yes

When the left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100)


No
is moved with the LMU Left buttons on the Machine 5.3.5.1 Left Encoder value does not change (p19)
test screen, does the Encoder value change?
Yes

When the right lens measuring ASSY (44501-


4200) is moved with the LMU Right buttons on the No 5.3.5.2 Right Encoder value does not change
Machine test screen, does the Encoder value (p19)
change?
Yes

8.8.3 LMU calibration (p153)

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

18
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.5.1 Left Encoder value does not change


Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA12) (see 9.3
CA12)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cables of the micro Replace the micro servo motor (40340-E070) of the
Yes
servo motor (40340-E070) for the left lens left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100) (see
measuring ASSY (44501-4100)? 7.3.7.2 [p121]).
No

Replace the LMU connection board (44501-BA07)


(see 7.2.7 [p97]).

5.3.5.2 Right Encoder value does not change


Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA13) (see 9.3
CA13)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cables of the micro Replace the micro servo motor (40340-E070) of the
Yes
servo motor (40340-E070) for the right lens right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200) (see
measuring ASSY (44501-4200)? 7.3.7.2 [p121]).
No

Replace the periphery measurement connection


board (44501-BA08) (see 7.2.8 [p98]).

5.3.6 Start & end measuring data error


Does the feeler (40350-M436) of the left feeler
Yes Reassemble the feeler (40350-M436) that rattles
ASSY (44501-4110) or right feeler ASSY (44501-
(see 7.4.4 [p130]).
4210) rattle?
No

5.3.5 Front & rear measuring data error (p18)

19
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.7 Unavailable lens shape for RMU


Replace the lens.

5.3.8 XYR initialize error


Perform the procedures as in the following.
1 ) 5.3.9 X initialize error (p20)
2 ) 5.3.10 Y initialize error (p22)
3 ) 5.3.11 R initialize error (p24)

5.3.9 X initialize error


Does the carriage ASSY (44501-5000) move
No 5.3.9.1 Carriage ASSY (44501-5000) does not
horizontally with the X Axis buttons on the Machine
move horizontally (p21)
test screen?
Yes

When the carriage ASSY (44501-5000) is moved


Adjust the positions of the shading plate (44501-
with the X Axis buttons on the Machine test screen, No
M505) and sensor ASSY (44501-CA17) (see
does the shading plate (44501-M505) shade the
7.3.2.1 [p105]).
sensor ASSY (44501-CA17)?
Yes
-

Does the color of X Axis Org on the Machine test


screen change as described below when the cable
Yes
ASSY (44501-CA17) is shaded? End
When shaded: orange
When not shaded: gray
No

Replace the sensor ASSY (44501-CA17) (see


7.3.2.1 [p105]).

No
Is the problem resolved? End

Yes

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

20
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.9.1 Carriage ASSY (44501-5000) does not move horizontally


Adjust the meshing of the large gear (44501-M155)
When the carriage ASSY (44501-5000) is moved
and small gear (44501-M152) of the X axis ASSY
horizontally with the X Axis buttons on the Machine Yes
(44501-1100) and the rack (44501-M506) of the X
test screen, does the pulse motor (44401-E022) of
axis carriage ASSY (44501-5100) (see 7.1.1 [p61]
the X axis drive ASSY (44501-1100) operate?
and 7.3.4.1 [p113]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA16) (see 9.3
CA16)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the pulse motor (44401-E022) of the X


axis drive ASSY (44501-1100) (see 7.3.4.1 [p113]).
No

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

21
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.10 Y initialize error


Does the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200)
No 5.3.10.1 Y axis carriage ASSY does not move
move vertically with the Y Axis buttons on the
vertically (p23)
Machine test screen?
Yes

When the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200) is


Adjust the positions of the shading plate (44501-
moved with the buttons on the Machine test No
M504) and sensor ASSY (44501-CA53) (see
screen, does the shading plate (44501-M504)
7.3.2.6 [p109]).
shade the sensor ASSY (44501-CA53)?
Yes

When the cable ASSY (44501-CA53) is shaded,


does the color of Y Axis Org on the Machine test
Yes
screen change as described below? End
When shaded: orange
When not shaded: gray
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA20) (see 9.3
CA20)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA53) (see
CA53)? 7.3.2.6 [p109]).
No

Replace the carriage connection board (44501-


BA04) (see 7.2.4 [p94]).

No
Is the problem resolved? End

Yes

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

22
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.10.1 Y axis carriage ASSY does not move vertically


Does the ball screw (40350-M552) turn smoothly No Replace the ball screw (40350-M552) (see 7.4.6
when turned by hand? [p132]).
Yes

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA18) (see 9.3
CA18)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA09) (see 9.3
CA09)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the three-phase stepping motor (44501-


E034) of the Y axis ASSY (44501-5300) (see
7.3.5.1 [p116]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the three-phase driver (44501-E036) for


the Y axis ASSY (see 7.3.6 [p119]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

23
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.11 R initialize error


Do the lens adapter (44031-1200) and lens clamp
No 5.3.11.1 Lens adapter and lens clamp do not rotate
(44031-3200) rotate with the θ Axis buttons on the
(p25)
Machine test screen?
Yes

When the lens adapter (44031-1200) and lens


clamp (44031-3200) are rotated with the buttons on Adjust the positions of the shading plate (44501-
No
the Machine test screen, does the shading plate M542) and carriage connection board (44501-
(44501-M542) shade the sensor of the carriage BA04) (see 7.2.4 [p94])
connection board (44501-BA04)?
Yes

When the sensor of the carriage connection board


(44501-BA04) is shaded, does the color of θ Axis
Org on the Machine test screen change as Yes
End
described below?
When shaded: orange
When not shaded: gray
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA20) (see 9.3
CA20)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the carriage connection board (44501-


BA04) (see 7.2.4 [p94]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

24
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.11.1 Lens adapter and lens clamp do not rotate


Is the meshing of each gear for the Y axis carriage Yes Adjust the meshing of each gear for the Y axis
ASSY (44501-5200) proper? carriage ASSY (44501-5200).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA19) (see 9.3
CA19)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA09) (see 9.3
CA09)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the three-phase stepping motor (44501-


E035) of the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200)
(see 7.3.5.2 [p117]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the three-phase driver (44501-E036) for


the Y axis carriage ASSY (see 7.3.6 [p119]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

25
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.12 XY initialize error


Perform the procedures as in the following.
1 ) 5.3.9 X initialize error (p20)
2 ) 5.3.10 Y initialize error (p22)

5.3.13 XR initialize error


Perform the procedures as in the following.
1 ) 5.3.9 X initialize error (p20)
2 ) 5.3.11 R initialize error (p24)

5.3.14 YR initialize error


Perform the procedures as in the following.
1 ) 5.3.10 Y initialize error (p22)
2 ) 5.3.11 R initialize error (p24)

26
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.15 Front feeler initialize error


Does the left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100)
No 5.3.15.1 Left lens measuring ASSY does not move
move with the LMU Left buttons on the Machine
(p28)
test screen?
Yes

When the left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100)


is moved with the LMU Left buttons on the Machine Adjust the positions of the shading plate (40350-
No
test screen, does the shading plate (40350-M422) M422) and LMU connection board (44501-BA07)
shade the sensor of the LMU connection board (see 7.2.7 [p97]).
(44501-BA07)?
Yes

When the sensor of the LMU connection board


(44501-BA07) is shaded, does the color of LMU
Left Org on the Machine test screen change as Yes
End
described below?
When shaded: orange
When not shaded: gray
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA12) (see 9.3
CA12)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the LMU connection board (44501-BA07)


(see 7.2.7 [p97]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

27
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.15.1 Left lens measuring ASSY does not move


Does the left feeler ASSY (44501-4110) move No Replace the left lens measuring ASSY (44501-
smoothly when moved by hand? 4100) (see 7.1.16 [p74]).
Yes

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA12) (see 9.3
CA12)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cables of the micro Replace the micro servo motor (40340-E070) of the
Yes
servo motor (40340-E070) for the left lens left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100) (see
measuring ASSY (44501-4100)? 7.3.7.2 [p121]).
No

Replace the LMU connection board (44501-BA07)


(see 7.2.7 [p97]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

28
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.16 Rear feeler initialize error


Does the right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200)
No 5.3.16.1 Right lens measuring ASSY does not
move with the LMU Right buttons on the Machine
move (p30)
test screen?
Yes

When the right lens measuring ASSY (44501-


4200) is moved with the LMU Right buttons on the Adjust the positions of the shading plate (40350-
No
Machine test screen, does the shading plate M422) and periphery measurement connection
(40350-M422) shade the sensor of the periphery board (44501-BA08) (see 7.2.8 [p98]).
measurement connection board (44501-BA08)?
Yes

When the sensor of the periphery measurement


connection board (44501-BA08) is shaded, does
the color of LMU Right Org on the Machine test Yes
End
screen change as described below?
When shaded: orange
When not shaded: gray
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA13) (see 9.3
CA13)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501-


CA13)? (see 7.2.8 [p98])?

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

29
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.16.1 Right lens measuring ASSY does not move


Does the right feeler ASSY (44501-4210) move No Replace the right lens measuring ASSY (44501-
smoothly when moved by hand? 4200) (see 7.1.18 [p77]).
Yes

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA13) (see 9.3
CA13)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cables of the micro Replace the micro servo motor (40340-E070) of the
Yes
servo motor (40340-E070) for the right lens right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200) (see
measuring ASSY (44501-4200)? 7.3.7.2 [p121]).
No

Replace the periphery measurement connection


board (44501-BA08) (see 7.2.8 [p98]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

30
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.17 Drill Z initialize error


Does the motor ASSY (44501-3400) move forward
and backward along with the processing ASSY No 5.3.17.1 Motor ASSY does not move forward or
(44501-3300) with the Z Axis buttons on the backward (p32)
Machine test screen?
Yes

When the motor ASSY (44501-3400) is moved


along with the processing ASSY (44501-3300) with Adjust the positions of the Z axis shading plate
No
the buttons on the Machine test screen, does the Z (44501-M392) and drill connection board (44501-
axis shading plate (44501-M392) shade the sensor BA06) (see 7.2.6 [p96])
of the drill connection board (44501-BA06)?
Yes

Does the color of Z Axis Org on the Machine test


screen change as described below when the
sensor of the drill connection board (44501-BA06) Yes
End
is shaded?
When shaded: orange
When not shaded: gray
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA23) (see 9.3
CA23)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the drill connection board (44501-BA06)


(see 7.2.6 [p96]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

31
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.17.1 Motor ASSY does not move forward or backward


Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA23) (see 9.3
CA23)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA55) (see 9.3
CA55)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the pulse motor (80407-00217) (see


7.3.4.2 [p114]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the drill connection board (44501-BA06)


(see 7.2.6 [p96]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

32
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.18 Drill R initialize error


Does the processing ASSY (44501-3300) rotate
No
with the R Axis buttons on the Machine test 5.3.18.1 Processing ASSY does not rotate (p34)
screen?
Yes

When the processing ASSY (44501-3300) is


rotated with the buttons on the Machine test No Adjust the positions of the S axis shading plate
screen, does the S axis shading plate (44501- (44501-M389) and cable ASSY (44501-CA56).
M389) shade the cable ASSY (44501-CA56)?
Yes

Does the color of R Axis Org on the Machine test


screen change as described below when the
sensor of the drill connection board (44501-BA06) Yes
End
is shaded?
When shaded: orange
When not shaded: gray
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA23) (see 9.3
CA23)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (40350- Yes Replace the sensor ASSY (40350-CA56) (see
CA56)? 7.3.2.7 [p110]).
No

Replace the drill connection board (44501-BA06)


(see 7.2.6 [p96]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

33
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.18.1 Processing ASSY does not rotate


Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA23) (see 9.3
CA23)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA57) (see 9.3
CA57)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the pulse motor (80407-00217) (see


7.3.4.3 [p115]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the drill connection board (44501-BA06)


(see 7.2.6 [p96]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

34
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.19 RMU initialize error


Is processing waste adhered between the arm, Yes
Remove the adhered processing waste.
stylus, and processing chamber?
No

When the periphery measurement ASSY (44501-


7000) is moved with the RMU buttons on the No 5.3.19.1 RMU Encoder value does not change
Machine test screen, does the Encoder value (p36)
change?
Yes

When the periphery measurement ASSY (44501-


7000) is moved with the RMU buttons on the Adjust the positions of the shading plate (40350-
No
Machine test screen, does the shading plate M422) and periphery measurement connection
(44501-M707) shade the sensor ASSY (44501- board (44501-BA08).
CA44)?
Yes

When the sensor of the sensor ASSY (44501-


CA44) is shaded, does the color of RMU Org on
the Machine test screen change as described Yes
End
below?
When shaded: orange
When not shaded: gray
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA13) (see 9.3
CA13)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the sensor ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the sensor ASSY (44501-CA44) (see
CA44)? 7.3.2.3 [p106]).
No

Replace the periphery measurement connection


board (44501-BA08) (see 7.2.8 [p98]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

35
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.19.1 RMU Encoder value does not change


Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA12) (see 9.3
CA12)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cables of the micro Yes Replace the micro servo motor (44501-E070) (see
servo motor (44501-E070)? 7.3.7.1 [p121]).
No

Replace the periphery measurement connection


board (44501-BA08) (see 7.2.6 [p96]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

5.3.20 Front feeler motor error


Perform the procedure as in ?5.3.15.1 Left lens measuring ASSY does not move?
(p28).

5.3.21 Rear feeler motor error


Perform the procedure as in ?5.3.16.1 Right lens measuring ASSY does not move?
(p30).

5.3.22 RMU motor error


Perform the procedure as in ?5.3.19.1 RMU Encoder value does not change? (p36).

36
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.23 Chuck origin error


Does the chuck open and close with the Chuck No
5.3.23.1 Chuck does not open or close (p38)
buttons on the Machine test screen?
Yes

When the chuck is opened and closed with the


Chuck buttons on the Machine test screen, is the No Adjust the position of the sensor ASSY (44501-
sensor ASSY (44501-CA51) turned on and off with CA51).
the shaft (44001-M537)?
Yes

When the sensor ASSY (44501-CA51) is turned on


with the shaft (44001-M537), does the color of
Chuck Org on the Machine test screen change as Yes
End
described below?
When turned off: orange
When turned on: gray
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA20) (see 9.3
CA20)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the sensor ASSY (44501-CA51) (see
CA51)? 7.3.2.4 [p107]).
No

Replace the carriage connection board (44501-


BA04) (see 7.2.4 [p94]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

37
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.23.1 Chuck does not open or close


Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA20) (see 9.3
CA20)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA50) (see 9.3
CA50)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the DC motor (44001- Yes Replace the DC motor (44001-E042) (see 7.3.3.2
E042)? [p112]).
No

Replace the carriage connection board (44501-


BA04) (see 7.2.4 [p94]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

38
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.24 Pre-Chuck sensor error


When a lens is chucked with the Chuck button on
the Machine test screen, does the shading plate
(44001-M574) stop shading the sensor ASSY No Adjust the position of the shading plate (44001-
(44501-CA52)? M574).
When chucked: not shade
When not chucked: shade
Yes

When a lens is chucked, does the color of Chuck


“Pre chuck” on the Machine test screen change as
Yes
described below? End
When chucked: orange
When not chucked: gray
No

Is the photointerrupter of the sensor ASSY (44501- Yes


Remove the dirt.
CA52) dirty?
No

Are there any breaks in the sensor ASSY (44501- Yes


Replace the sensor ASSY (44501-CA52).
CA52)?
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA20) (see 9.3
CA20)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the carriage connection board (44501-


BA04) (see 7.2.4 [p94]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

39
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.25 Main wheel not rotating


Turn off the power switch. In 20 seconds or more,
turn on the power switch.

When the wheel is rotated with the Spindle button


Yes
on the Machine test screen, does the wheel rotate End
and is the Current value displayed?
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA07) (see 9.3
CA07)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA25) (see 9.3
CA25)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the BL motor relay cable Yes Replace the BL motor relay cable (45501-E068)
(45501-E068)? (see 9.3 [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the brushless motor (40347-E058) (see


7.3.12 [p125]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the BL motor inverter (see 7.3.11 [p124]).


100 V:44401-E071
200 V:44401-E072

40
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.26 Drill/groove wheel not rotate


When the Drill Rot button on the Machine test
Yes
screen is pressed, does the drill/groove wheel End
rotate and is the Current value displayed?
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA24) (see 9.3
CA24)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the DC motor (44501- Yes Replace the DC motor (44501-E027) (see 7.3.3.1
E027)? [p111]).
No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

41
LLE20ARDA002A

5.3.27 I/O board error


Is P102 (J2) disconnected from the main board Yes Reconnect P102 (J2) to the main board (44501-
(44501-BA01)? BA01).
No

Is P203 (J3) disconnected from the I/O board Yes Reconnect P203 (J3) to the I/O board (44501-
(44501-BA02)? BA02).
No

Replace the LAN cable (44501-E022).

No

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.1


[p91]).
No

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

42
LLE20ARDA002A

5.4 Maintenance Message Appears


Does a message prompting the user to clean the Yes
Clean the pump tank and replace the filter.
pump tank and replace the filter appear?
No

Does a message prompting the user to replace the Yes Replace the roughing wheel for plastic lenses (see
roughing wheel for plastic lenses appear? 7.1.26 [p89]).
No

Does a message prompting the user to dress the Yes


Dress the roughing wheel for glass lenses.
roughing wheel for glass lenses appear?
Yes

Does a message prompting the user to dress the Yes


Dress the finishing wheel for plastic lenses.
finishing wheel for plastic lenses appear?
No

Does a message prompting the user to dress the Yes


Dress the finishing wheel for glass lenses.
finishing wheel for glass lenses appear?
No

Does a message prompting the user to replace the Yes


Replace the drill bit (see 7.4.1 [p127])
drill bit appear?
No

Does a message prompting the user to replace the Yes


Replace the grooving wheel (see 7.4.2 [p128]).
grooving wheel appear?
No

End

43
LLE20ARDA002A

5.5 “Process canceled by opening the door” Appears


No
Is the processing chamber door closed? Close the processing chamber door.

Yes

Does the color of COVER “Close” on the Machine


test screen change as described below when the
Yes
processing chamber door is opened and closed,? End
When the cover is opened: gray
When the cover is closed: orange
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY(44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA31) (see 9.3
CA31)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the sensor ASSY (45501- Yes Replace the sensor ASSY (45501-CA38) (see
CA38)? 7.3.2.2 [p106]).
No

Replace the motorized cover connection board


(44501-BA10) (see 7.2.10 [p100]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.1


[p91]).

44
LLE20ARDA002A

5.6 Control Panel is not Operational


No 5.6.1 Buttons on control panel are not operational
Are the buttons on the control panel operational?
(p45)
Yes

No 5.6.2 Jog dial on control panel are not operational


Are the jog dials on the control panel operational?
(p46)
Yes

End

5.6.1 Buttons on control panel are not operational


Are there any breaks in the flexible flat cable Yes Replace the flexible flat cable (44501-E040) (see
(44501-E040)? 9.3 [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the switch board (44801-BA03) (see 7.2.3


[p93]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.1


[p91]).

45
LLE20ARDA002A

5.6.2 Jog dial on control panel are not operational


Are there any breaks in the rotary encoder (34085- Yes Replace the rotary encoder (34085-E202) (see
E202) cables? 7.3.9 [p122]).
No

Are there any breaks in the flexible flat cable Yes Replace the flexible flat cable (44501-E040) (see
(44501-E040)? 9.3 [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the switch board (44801-BA03) (see 7.2.3


[p93]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.1


[p91]).

46
LLE20ARDA002A

5.7 Touch Panel is not Operational


Are there any breaks in the flexible flat cable Yes Replace the flexible flat cable (44501-E040) (see
(44501-E040)? 9.3 [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

8.6 Touch Panel Calibration (p146)

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the color LCD panel (44601-E010) (see


7.3.13 [p125]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.3


[p93]).

47
LLE20ARDA002A

5.8 Communication with Connected Equipment is not Possible


No
Is the connected equipment turned on? Turn on the connected equipment.

Yes

No Select the communication setting properly (see


Is the communication setting proper?
8.14 [p210]).
Yes

Are there any breaks in the LAN cable or RS-232C Yes


Replace the LAN cable or RS-232C cable.
cable?
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA30) (see 9.3
CA30)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Replace the communication connector board


(44501-BA11) (see 7.2.11 [p101]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the main board (44501-BA01) (see 7.2.1


[p91]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

The connected equipment is defective.

48
LLE20ARDA002A

5.9 Lenses cannot be Processed Properly


No
Does water flow? 5.9.1 Water does not flow (p50)

Yes

No
Is processing time overly long? 5.9.2 Processing time is overly long (p51)

Yes

No
Is the lens size proper? 5.9.3 Lens size is not proper (p51)

Yes

No
Is the lens beveled properly? 5.9.4 Lens is not beveled properly (p51)

Yes

No
Does any axis shift occur? 5.9.5 Axis shift occurs (p52)

Yes

No
Is the lens safety beveled properly? 5.9.6 Lens is not safety beveled properly (p52)

Yes

Yes
Is the lens polished properly? 5.9.7 Lens is not polished properly (p53)

No

No
Is the lens grooved properly? 5.9.8 Lens is not grooved properly (p55)

Yes

No
Is the lens drilled properly? 5.9.9 Lens is not drilled properly (p55)

Yes

End

49
LLE20ARDA002A

5.9.1 Water does not flow


No
Are the pump and tank connected properly? Connect the pump and tank properly.

Yes

Yes Adjust the water flow volume with the flow control
Does the pump operate?
valves.
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA08) (see 9.3
CA08)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the cable ASSY (44501- Yes Replace the cable ASSY (44501-CA15) (see 9.3
CA15)? [p231] and 9.4 [p232]).
No

Are there any breaks in the PUMP 1 cable ASSY Yes Replace the PUMP 1 cable ASSY (44501-CA27)
(44501-CA27)? (see 7.3.1.1 [p103]).
No

Are there any breaks in the PUMP 2 cable ASSY Yes Replace the PUMP 2 cable ASSY (44501-CA27)
(44501-CA27)? (see 7.3.1.1 [p103]).
No

Replace the SSR board (44501-BA09) (see 7.2.9


[p99]).

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the I/O board (44501-BA02) (see 7.2.2


[p92]).

50
LLE20ARDA002A

5.9.2 Processing time is overly long


Has the wheel reached the end date of its
operational life or processed the maximum number
Yes
of lenses? Replace the wheel (see 7.1.26 [p89]).
Operational life: 2 years
Maximum number: 5000
No

Dress the wheel.

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Replace the wheel (see 7.1.26 [p89]).

5.9.3 Lens size is not proper


8.8.1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (p150)

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

8.12.3.2 Finish size adjustment (p166)

5.9.4 Lens is not beveled properly


No
Is the lens size proper? 5.9.3 Lens size is not proper (p51)

Yes

8.12.7.2 Bevel position adjustment (p174)

51
LLE20ARDA002A

5.9.5 Axis shift occurs


Do the axes shift in the same direction during Yes
8.12.8 Axis (p175)
processing?
No

No
Is the chuck pressure 45 ±3 Kgf? 8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment (p145)

Yes

Use protective tape during processing.

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

Process a lens in soft processing mode.

5.9.6 Lens is not safety beveled properly


No
Is the lens size proper? 5.9.3 Lens size is not proper (p51)

Yes

No
Is the SFB width proper? 8.12.9 Safety beveling wheel (p179)

Yes

No
Is the SFB axis proper? 8.12.10 SFB axis (p183)

Yes

End

52
LLE20ARDA002A

5.9.7 Lens is not polished properly


No 5.9.7.1 Beveled surface is not polished properly
Is the beveled surface polished properly?
(p53)
Yes

No 5.9.7.2 Flat-edged surface is not polished properly


Is the flat-edged surface polished properly?
(p54)
Yes

End

5.9.7.1 Beveled surface is not polished properly


No
Is the lens beveled properly? 5.9.4 Lens is not beveled properly (p51)

Yes

Dress the polishing wheel with compound.

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

8.12.13 Beveled edge polish (p200)

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

7.1.26 Wheel ASSYs (p89)

53
LLE20ARDA002A

5.9.7.2 Flat-edged surface is not polished properly


No
Is the lens size proper? 5.9.3 Lens size is not proper (p51)

Yes

Dress the polishing wheel with compound.

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

8.12.12 Polish Differential Adjustment (p198)

Yes
Is the problem resolved? End

No

7.1.26 Wheel ASSYs (p89)

54
LLE20ARDA002A

5.9.8 Lens is not grooved properly


No
Is the lens size proper? 5.9.3 Lens size is not proper (p51)

Yes

No
Is the groove depth proper? 8.12.5 Groove depth (p169)

Yes

No
Is the groove position proper? 8.12.4 Groove position (p167)

Yes

No
Is the groove axis proper? 8.12.6 Groove axis (p171)

Yes

End

5.9.9 Lens is not drilled properly


No
Is the lens size proper? 5.9.3 Lens size is not proper (p51)

Yes

No
Is the lens drilled properly? 8.12.11 Hole (p186)

Yes

End

55
LLE20ARDA002A

This page is intentionally left blank.

56
LLE20ARDA002A

6 REMOVAL PROCEDURE

6.1 Opening Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100)


1 . Unscrew SB4 × 8 (n = 2).
2 . Raise the top cover ASSY (44501-2100).

5$˜
 

3 . Release the rod (44501-M206) from the


holding clip (44501-M277).

/

/

4 . Insert the rod (44501-M206) into the hole


of the rod support (44501-M119).
/
5 . Close the top cover ASSY (44501-2100)
in the reverse order. 

/

57
LLE20ARDA002A

6.2 Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100)


1 . Unscrew SB4 × 8 (n = 2).
2 . Open the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
3 . Disconnect P101 (J1), P102 (J2), P106 (J6), and P107 (J7) from the main board (44501-
BA01).
4 . Remove the rod (44501-M206) from the hole of the rod support (44501-M119) (see 6.1
[p57]).
5 . Fasten the rod (44501-M206) in the rod retainer (44501-M277) (see 6.1 [p57]).
6 . Raise the top cover ASSY (44501-2100)
to remove the stay (44501-M230) from the
guide (44501-M436).

/
/

7 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-


2100).
8 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.




58
LLE20ARDA002A

6.3 Front Cover (44501-M202)


1 . Open the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
2 . Loosen SB4 × 8 (n = 5) to remove the
front cover (44501-M202).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

/

5$˜
5$˜

Viewed from bottom

6.4 Left Side Cover (44501-M204)


1 . Open the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 8 (n = 3) to remove the left
side cover (44501-M204).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

 /
5$˜

59
LLE20ARDA002A

6.5 Right Side Cover (44501-M205)


1 . Open the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 8 (n = 3) to remove the
right side cover (44501-M205).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


5$˜
/

6.6 Rear Cover (44501-M203)


1 . Remove the following covers.
1 ) Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) (See 6.2 [p58].)
2 ) Left Side Cover (44501-M204) (See 6.4 [p59].)
3 ) Right Side Cover (44501-M205) (See 6.5 [p60].)
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 8 (n = 4) to remove the
rear cover (44501-M203).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

 /
5$˜

60
LLE20ARDA002A

7 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

7.1 ASSYs
7.1.1 X axis drive ASSY (44501-1100)
Replacement part: 44501-1100
1 . Remove the grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000) (see 7.1.11 [p69]).
2 . Disconnect P217 (J17) from the I/O board.
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 10 (n = 3) to replace the X
axis drive ASSY (44501-1100). 
 5$˜
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
5 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See
8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4
[p155].)
4 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
5 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
6 ) Hole depth adjustment (See
8.12.11.3 [p189].)
7 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
8 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
9 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

7.1.2 Feedwater ASSY (44501-1200)


Replacement part: 44501-1200
1 . Remove the spindle ASSY (44501-1400) (see 7.1.5 [p63]).
2 . Remove the tubes (44501-M102, 44501-
M103) from the feedwater ASSY (44501- /
1200). /
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 8 (n = 2) to replace the 
5$˜
feedwater ASSY (44501-1200).
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
Caution Check for water leakage.
5 . Adjust the cooling water flow volume with
the flow control valves. 

61
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.3 Joint ASSY L (44501-1210)


Replacement part: 44501-1210)
1 . Remove the feedwater ASSY
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 5 (n = 2) to replace joint
ASSY L (44501-1210).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
Caution Check for water leakage.
4 . Adjust the cooling water flow volume with 
the flow control valves.


5$˜

7.1.4 Joint ASSY H (44501-1220)


Replacement part: 44501-1220
1 . Remove the feedwater ASSY (44501-1200).
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 5 (n = 2) to replace joint
ASSY H (44501-1220).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 
Caution Check for water leakage.
4 . Adjust the cooling water flow volume with
the flow control valves.


5$˜

62
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.5 Spindle ASSY (45501-1400)


Replacement part: 44501-1400
1 . Remove the following covers.
1 ) Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) (See 6.2 [p58].)
2 ) Front Cover (44501-M202) (See 6.3 [p59].)
3 ) Right Side Cover (44501-M205) (See 6.5 [p60].)
2 . Remove the wheel ASSY (see 7.1.26 [p89]).
3 . Disconnect CN10 and CN11 from the brushless motor (44401-E070).
4 . Unscrew SB6 × 15 (n = 4) to replace the
spindle ASSY (44501-1400). /
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


5$˜

6 . Perform the following. 


1 ) Spindle check (See 8.3.2 [p141].)
2 ) Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (See 8.4 [p144].)
3 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
4 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
5 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 3, 4, 10, and 11.
6 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)

63
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.6 Power supply ASSY (45501-1500, 45501-15A0)


Replacement part: 45501-1500 (for 100 V)
45501-15A0 (for 200 V)
1 . Remove the following covers.
1 ) Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) (See 6.2 [p58].)
2 ) Front Cover (44501-M202) (See 6.3 [p59].)
3 ) Right Side Cover (44501-M205) (See 6.5 [p60].)
4 ) Rear Cover (44501-M203) (See 6.6 [p60].)
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500 or 44501- 5$˜


15A0).

3 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
4 . Loosen the stainless steel hose clamp 
8 /
(44001-M070) attached to the cuff (44501- #
8 /
M148).
5 . Disconnect P201 (J1), P206 (J6), and
P208 (J8) from the I/O board (44501-
BA02).
6 . Disconnect CN10 and CN11 from the
brushless motor (40347-E058).
7 . Disconnect SB4 × 6 and spacer (44501-
M140) from the wire ASSY (44501-1510).
Caution Take proper care so that the power supply ASSY does not fall.

64
LLE20ARDA002A

8 . Pull out the cuff (44501-M148) from the


middle processing chamber (44501-M902) /
to replace the power supply ASSY (44501-
1500). /
9 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
10. Perform the following.
1 ) BL Motor Inverter Setting (See 8.18
[p221].)
/


8
#
8

65
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.7 Inverter ASSY (45501-1520, 45501-1520A)


Replacement part: 45501-1520 (for 100 V)
45501-152A (for 200 V)
1 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 and loosen SB4 × 6 (n =
2).

5$˜


5$˜

3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power


supply ASSY (44501-1500 or 44501- 5$˜


15A0).

4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


/ 
1500). 5$˜
5 . Disconnect P208 (J8) from the I/O board 
8 /
(44501-BA02). #
8 /
6 . Disconnect CN10 and CN11 from the
brushless motor (40347-E058).
7 . Disconnect the cable ASSY (44501-CA07)
from the noise filter (80404-00043).

8 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 and spacer (44501-


M140) from the wire ASSY (44501-1510) 
8
to replace the power supply ASSY (44501- #
8
1520 or 45501-15A0).
Take proper care so that the 
Caution power supply ASSY does not
fall.
9 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
10. Perform the following. /
5$˜
1 ) BL Motor Inverter Setting (See 8.18
[p221].)

66
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.8 Display ASSY (44501-2110)


Replacement part: 44501-2110)
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect P301 (J1) from the switch board (44501-BA03).
3 . Disconnect P501 (J1) from the LCD connection board (44501-BA05).
4 . Unscrew PT4 × 8 (n = 4) to replace the
display ASSY (44501-2110).

5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
6 . Perform the following. 26˜


1 ) Touch Panel Calibration (See 8.6


[p146].)

7.1.9 Switch board ASSY (44501-2120)


Replacement part: 44501-2120
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect all connectors from the switch board (44501-BA03).
3 . Unscrew PT3 × 6 (n = 4) to replace the
switch board ASSY (44501-2120). 
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
5 . Check the operation of each switch. 26˜


67
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.10 Main board ASSY (44501-2140)


Replacement part: 44501-2140
1 . Back up the parameter settings (see 8.16 [p219])
2 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
3 . Disconnect the following connectors.
1 ) P1301 (J1) on the USB board (44501-BA13)
2 ) P1001 (J1) on the motorized cover connection board (44501-BA10)
3 ) P501 (J1) on the LCD connection board (44501-BA05)
4 ) P101 (J1), P102 (J2), P105 (J5), and P106 (J6) on the main board (44501-BA01)
4 . Unscrew PT3 × 6 (n = 4) to replace the
main board ASSY (44501-2140)  26˜


5 . Remove the SD card from the main board


(44501-BA01) of the prior main board
ASSY (44501-2140).
6 . Replace the SD card with the one in the
main board (44501-BA01) of the new main
board ASSY (44501-2140).
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
8 . Restore the parameter settings (see 8.17
[p220]).

9 . If the parameter settings cannot be


backed up, perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
4 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
5 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
6 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
7 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
8 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
9 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

68
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.11 Grooving/Drilling ASSY (44501-3000)


Replacement part: 44501-3000
1 . Remove the processing ASSY (44501-3300) (see 7.1.14 [p72]).
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power supply ASSY (44501-1500 or 45501-15A0) to
incline the power supply ASSY (44501-1500 or 45501-15A0) (see 7.1.6 [p64]).
3 . Disconnect P601 (J1) from the drill connection board (44501-BA06).
4 . Unscrew SB6 × 18 (n = 3) to replace the

grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000). 5$˜


5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


Apply some grease to the O
ring (44501-M322) of the joint
Caution ASSY (44501-3200) and
attach the ASSY to the pro-
cessing chamber.

6 . Perform the following. /
1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

69
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.12 Slider ASSY (44501-3100)


Replacement part: 44501-3100
1 . Remove the grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000) (see 7.1.11 [p69]).
2 . Disconnect P602 (J4) and P604 (J4) from the drill connection board (44501-BA06).
3 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 8) and SB4 × 10 (n
= 3) to replace the slider ASSY (44501- 
5$˜
3100).



5$˜
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
Apply some grease to the O
ring (44501-M322) of the joint
Caution ASSY (44501-3200) and
attach the ASSY to the pro-
cessing chamber.

5 . Perform the following. /
1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

70
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.13 Joint ASSY (44501-3200)


Replacement part: 44501-3200
1 . Remove the slider ASSY (44501-3100) (see 7.1.12 [p70]).
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 10 (n = 3) to replace the
joint ASSY (44501-3200). 5$˜



3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


Apply some grease to the O
ring (44501-M322) of the joint
Caution ASSY (44501-3200) and
attach the ASSY to the pro-
cessing chamber.

4 . Perform the following. /
1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

71
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.14 Processing ASSY (45501-3300)


Replacement part: 45501-3300
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Remove the end mill (40350-M372) (see 7.4.1 [p127]).
4 . Unscrew SB4 × 10 (n = 2) to remove the
processing ASSY (44501-3300) from the 5$˜


grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000). 


5 . Disconnect CN8 from the DC motor
(44501-E027) to replace the processing
ASSY (45501-3300).

6 . Perform the following.


1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2
[p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

72
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.15 Motor ASSY (44501-3400)


Replacement part: 44501-3400)
1 . Remove the joint ASSY (44501-3200) (see 7.1.13 [p71]).
2 . Disconnect P602 (J4) and P604 (J4) from the drill connection board (44501-BA06).
3 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 8) to replace the
motor ASSY (44501-3400).



5$˜
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
Apply some grease to the O
ring (44501-M322) of the joint
Caution ASSY (44501-3200) and
attach the ASSY to the pro-
cessing chamber.

5 . Perform the following. /
1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

73
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.16 Left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100)


Replacement part: 44501-4100
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Remove the upper processing chamber
(44501-M903)
Remove the liquid gasket from
the upper processing chamber
Caution (44501-M903) and middle pro-
cessing chamber (44501- /
M902).
3 . Disconnect P204 (J4) from the I/O board.

4 . Unscrew SB6 × 15 (n = 3) to replace the


left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100).
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 
5$˜


6 . Adjust the position of the left lens measur-
ing ASSY (44501-4100) by the following
procedure.
1 ) Remove the left feeler ASSY
(44501-4120) (see 7.1.17 [p76]).
2 ) Remove the right feeler ASSY
(44501-4220) (see 7.1.19 [p79]).
3 ) Align the flat surface of the shaft
(44501-M403) for the left lens mea-
suring ASSY (44501-4100) with that
of the shaft (44501-M410) for the
right lens measuring ASSY (44501-
4200) with each fastening screw.
/ /
a . Fastening screws for the left
lens measuring ASSY (44501-
4100): SB6 × 15 (n = 3)

 5$˜ 5$˜





74
LLE20ARDA002A

b . Fastening screws for the


holder (44501-M404): SB3 × 6 /
(n = 2)
4 ) Assemble the left feeler ASSY
(44501-4120) (see 7.1.17 [p76]).
5 ) Assemble the right feeler ASSY
(44501-4220) (see 7.1.19 [p79]).

5$˜

7 . Apply the white liquid gasket to the junc-


/ /
tion area of the labyrinth (44501-M423)
and middle processing chamber (44501-
M902).
For liquid gasket, use Three
Bond 1211 or its equivalent.

Liquid gasket

8 . When assembling the upper processing


chamber (44501-M903), apply the liquid /
gasket to the middle processing chamber
(44501-M902) as shown to the right.
For liquid gasket, use Three
Bond 1211 or its equivalent.
9 . After attaching the upper processing cham-
ber (44501-M903), wipe off any excess liq-
uid gasket.
Liquid gasket

10. After attaching the upper processing


chamber (44501-M903), attach white vinyl
tape to the positions as shown to the right.
11 . Perform the following.
1 ) LMU check (See 8.3.5 [p142].)
2 ) LMU calibration (See 8.8.3 [p153].)
3 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
4 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].) / White vinyl tape /

75
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.17 Left feeler ASSY (44501-4120)


Replacement part: 44501-4120
1 . Open the top cover ASSY (45501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
2 . Disconnect P702 (J2) and P703 (J3) from the LMU connection board (44501-BA07).
3 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n = 2) to replace the left

feeler ASSY (44501-4120). **˜
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
5 . Perform the following. 
1 ) LMU check (See 8.3.5 [p142].)
2 ) LMU calibration (See 8.8.3 [p153].)
3 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
4 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)

76
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.18 Right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200)


Replacement part: 44501-4200
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Remove the upper processing chamber
(44501-M903)
Remove the liquid gasket from
the upper processing chamber
Caution (44501-M903) and middle pro-
cessing chamber (44501- /
M902).
3 . Disconnect P205 (J5) from the I/O board.
4 . Remove the periphery measurement
ASSY (44501-7000) (see 7.1.24 [p84]).

5 . Unscrew SB6 × 15 (n = 3) to replace the


right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200). 
6 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
7 . Adjust the position of the right lens mea-

suring ASSY (44501-4200) by the follow- 5$˜
ing procedure.
1 ) Remove the left feeler ASSY
(44501-4120) (see 7.1.17 [p76]).
2 ) Remove the right feeler ASSY
(44501-4220) (see 7.1.19 [p79]).

3 ) Align the flat surface of the shaft


(44501-M403) for the left lens mea-
suring ASSY (44501-4100) with that
of the shaft (44501-M410) for the
right lens measuring ASSY (44501-
4200) with each fastening screw.
/ /
a . Fastening screws for the right
lens measuring ASSY (44501-
4200): SB6 × 15 (n = 3)

 5$˜ 5$˜





77
LLE20ARDA002A

b . Fastening screws for the holder


(44501-M414): SB3 × 6 (n = 2) /
4 ) Assemble the left feeler ASSY
(44501-4120) (see 7.1.17 [p76]).
5 ) Assemble the right feeler ASSY
(44501-4220) (see 7.1.19 [p79]).


5$˜

8 . Apply the liquid gasket (white) to the junc-


/ /
tion area of the labyrinth (44501-M423)
and middle processing chamber (44501-
M902).
For liquid gasket, use Three
Bond 1211 or its equivalent.

Liquid gasket
9 . When assembling the upper processing
chamber (44501-M903), apply the liquid /
gasket to the middle processing chamber
(44501-M902) as shown to the right.
For liquid gasket, use Three
Bond 1211 or its equivalent.
10. After attaching the upper processing cham-
ber (44501-M903), wipe off any excess liq-
uid gasket. (44501-M903).
Liquid gasket

11 . After attaching the upper processing


chamber (44501-M903), attach white vinyl
tape to the positions as shown to the right.
12. Perform the following.
1 ) LMU check (See 8.3.5 [p142].)
2 ) RMU check (See 8.3.6 [p143].)
3 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See
8.8.1 [p150].) / White vinyl tape /
4 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4
[p155].)
5 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
6 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
7 ) Hole depth calibration (See 8.8.5 [p155].)
8 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

78
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.19 Right feeler ASSY (44501-4220)


Replacement part: 44501-4220
1 . Open the top cover ASSY (45501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
2 . Disconnect P802 (J2) and P803 (J3) from the periphery measurement connection board
(44501-BA08).
3 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n = 2) to replace the right
feeler ASSY (44501-4220).  **˜


4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


5 . Perform the following.
1 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See
8.8.1 [p150].)
2 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4
[p155].)
3 ) Hole depth calibration (See 8.8.5
[p155].)
4 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
5 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
6 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)

79
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.20 Carriage ASSY (44501-5000)


Replacement part: 44501-5000
1 . Remove the following ASSYs.
1 ) Processing chamber ASSY (44501-9000) (See 7.1.25 [p86].)
2 ) Left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100) (See 7.1.16 [p74].)
3 ) Periphery measurement ASSY (44501-7000) (See 7.1.24 [p84].)
4 ) Right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200) (See 7.1.18 [p77].)
2 . Disconnect the following connectors.
1 ) CN2 on the three-phase driver (44501-E036) for the Y axis ASSY (44501-5300)
2 ) CN2 on the three-phase driver (44501-E036) for the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-
5200)
3 ) P401 (J1) on the carriage connection board (44501-BA04)
3 . Unscrew the flat head screws (40350-
M502 [n = 2]). 
4 . Remove the carriage ASSY (44501-5000)
along with the shaft (44501-M109).
5 . Remove the shaft (44501-M109) to 
/ 
replace the carriage ASSY (44501-5000).
6 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
/
7 . Perform the following.
1 ) Machine Test Screen (See 8.3
[p140].)
Check the operation of
each button on the
machine test screen.
2 ) Brushless Motor Vibration Noise
Check (See 8.4 [p144].)
3 ) Chuck Pressure Adjustment (See
8.5 [p145].)
4 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See
8.8.1 [p150].)
5 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4
[p155].)
6 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
7 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
8 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
9 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
10) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
11 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
12) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
13) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
14) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

80
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.21 Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200)


Replacement part: 44501-5200
1 . Remove the following ASSYs.
1 ) Carriage ASSY (44501-5000) (See 7.1.20 [p80].)
2 ) Y axis ASSY (44501-5300) (See 7.1.23 [p83].)
2 . Unscrew the flat head screws (40350-

M502 [n = 2]) to remove the Y axis car- /  
riage ASSY (44501-5200) along with the
LM shaft (44501-M591). /
3 . Remove the LM shaft (44501-M591) to
replace the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-
5200).
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.



5 . Perform the following.


1 ) Machine Test Screen (See 8.3
[p140].)
Check the operation of each button on the machine test screen.
2) Chuck Pressure Adjustment (See 8.5 [p145].)
3) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
4) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
5) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
6) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
7) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
8) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
9) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
10) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
11 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
12) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
13) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

81
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.22 Chuck shaft motor ASSY (44501-5210)


Replacement part: 44501-5210
1 . Remove the following covers.
1 ) Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) (See 6.2 [p58].)
2 ) Front Cover (44501-M202) (See 6.3 [p59].)
3 ) Right Side Cover (44501-M205) (See 6.5 [p60].)
2 . Disconnect P402 (J2) and P403 (J3) from the carriage connection board (44501-BA04).
3 . Unscrew the hexagon socket head cap
screws (44501-M544 [n = 2]) to remove /
the chuck shaft motor ASSY (44501-5210) 

along with the spring retainers (44001- / 

M543 [n = 2]), springs (44501-M538 [n = / 
2]), shafts (44501-M537 [n = 2]), and
superhard ball (40340-M523).
4 . Remove the spring retainers (44001-M543 
[n = 2]), springs (44501-M538 [n = 2]), / 

shafts (44501-M537 [n = 2]), and super- / 
hard ball (40340-M523) to replace the
chuck shaft motor ASSY (44501-5210).
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
Be sure to assemble the
superhard ball (40340-M523),
Caution feed screw (44501-M568),
and right shaft (44501-M523)
as shown to the right.
6 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Chuck Pressure Adjustment (See /
8.5 [p145].)
/

/

/
/

82
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.23 Y axis ASSY (44501-5300)


Replacement part: 44501-5300
1 . Remove the following covers.
1 ) Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) (See 6.2 [p58].)
2 ) Left Side Cover (44501-M204) (See 6.4 [p59].)
3 ) Right Side Cover (44501-M205) (See 6.5 [p60].)
2 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 2), SB4 × 6 (n = 2),

and PW4 (n = 2) to remove the joint 5$˜
/
(44501-M976).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 12 (n = 4). 
5$˜
4 . Unscrew the bolts (41274-M081 [n = 2]) to 5$˜


replace the Y axis ASSY (44501-5300). 29




5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


6 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].) 

/ 
7 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
4 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
5 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
6 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
7 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
8 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
9 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
10) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
11 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
12) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

83
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.24 Periphery measurement ASSY (44501-7000)


Replacement part: 44501-7000
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Remove the upper processing chamber
(44501-M903)
Remove the liquid gasket from
the upper processing chamber
Caution (44501-M903) and middle pro-
cessing chamber (44501- /
M902).
3 . Disconnect P804 (J4), P805 (J5), and
P806 (J6) from the periphery measure-
ment connection board (44501-BA08).

4 . Unscrew SB4 × 5 (n = 2) to replace the


periphery measurement ASSY (44501- 
7000).

5$˜

5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


Confirm that the washer
(44501-M714) and pad
(44501-M713) of the periphery
measurement ASSY (44501-
7000) are inside the process-
ing chamber when assem-
bling.

/ /

84
LLE20ARDA002A

6 . When assembling the upper processing


chamber (44501-M903), apply the liquid /
gasket to the middle processing chamber
(44501-M902).
For liquid gasket, use Three
Bond 1211 or its equivalent.
7 . After assembling the upper processing
chamber (44501-M903), wipe off any
excess liquid gasket.
Liquid gasket

8 . After assembling the upper processing


chamber (44501-M903), attach white vinyl
tape to the positions as shown to the right.

/ White vinyl tape /


9 . Perform the following.
1 ) RMU check (See 8.3.6 [p143].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)

85
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.25 Processing chamber ASSY (44501-9000)


Replacement part: 44501-9000
1 . Remove the following ASSYs and parts.
1 ) Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) (See 6.2 [p58].)
2 ) Spindle ASSY (45501-1400) (See 7.1.5 [p63].)
3 ) Processing ASSY (45501-3300) (See 7.1.14 [p72].)
4 ) Upper processing chamber (44501-
M903)
Remove the liquid gas-
ket from the upper pro-
cessing chamber
Caution
(44501-M903) and mid- /
dle processing chamber
(44501-M902).
5 ) Left lens measuring ASSY (44501-
4100) (See 7.1.16 [p74].)
6 ) Periphery measurement ASSY
(44501-7000) (See 7.1.24 [p84].)
7 ) Right lens measuring ASSY (44501-
4200) (See 7.1.18 [p77].)
2 . Remove the tube (44501-M106) from the
straight union (44501-M973). /
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 2) and PW4 (n = 2)
to remove the manifold (44501-M977)
along with the joint (44501-M976).
/

5$˜
/

29
/
4 . Loosen the stainless steel hose clamp
(44001-M070) to remove the cuff (44501- /
/
M148) from the middle processing cham- 
ber (44501-M902). 5$˜

5 . Remove the tube (44501-M102) from the 29

union elbow (44001-M142).


6 . Unscrew SB4 × 10 (n = 2) and PW4 (n = /
2) to remove the middle processing cham-
ber (44501-M902). / /

86
LLE20ARDA002A

7 . Remove guard R (44501-M912), guard



bush (44501-M911), guard L (44501- / / 
M913), and guard bush (44501-M911). /
8 . Remove the lower processing chamber
(44501-M901) to replace the processing
chamber ASSY (44501-9000).

9 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order


/
being aware of the following.
1 ) The O rings (40350-M944 [n = 2])
/ /
are outside the middle processing
chamber (44501-M902).

/ / /


2 ) After attaching the middle process- Liquid gasket
ing chamber (44501-M902) to the / /
lower processing chamber (44501-
M901), attach white vinyl tape to the
positions as shown to the right.
3 ) Apply the white liquid gasket to the
junction area of the guide (44501-
M975) and middle processing cham-
ber (44501-M902).
For liquid gasket, use White vinyl tape /
Three Bond 1211 or its
equivalent.
4 ) Apply the white liquid gasket to the
junction area of the guide (44501-
M970) and middle processing cham-
ber (44501-M902).
For liquid gasket, use
Three Bond 1211 or its
equivalent.
/ Liquid gasket /

87
LLE20ARDA002A

5 ) When assembling the upper pro-


cessing chamber (44501-M903), /
apply the liquid gasket to the middle
processing chamber (44501-M902)
as shown to the right.
For liquid gasket, use
Three Bond 1211 or its
equivalent.
6 ) After assembling the upper process-
ing chamber (44501-M903), wipe off Liquid gasket
any excess liquid gasket.
7 ) After assembling the upper process-
ing chamber (44501-M903), attach
the white vinyl tape to the positions
as shown to the right.
10. Check the operation of each button on the
Machine test screen (see 8.3 [p140]).

/ White vinyl tape /

11 . Perform the following.


1 ) Machine Test Screen (See 8.3 [p140].)
Check the operation of each button on the machine test screen.
2) Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment (See 8.15 [p217].)
3) Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (See 8.4 [p144].)
4) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
5) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
6) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
7) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
8) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
9) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
10) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
11 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
12) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

88
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.26 Wheel ASSYs


Replacement part: 40347-1030 (PLB wheel ASSY)
40347-1050 (PLB-2R wheel ASSY)
1 . Open the top cover ASSY (45501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
2 . Attach the wheel removal jig (40396-0100)
to the wheel fastener (44001-M721) align-
ing their shapes.
3 . Set the long closed wrench (40390-M603)
of the wheel removal jig (40396-0100) to
the hexagon head bolt (40340-M722).

/ 
4 . Turn the long closed wrench (40390-
M603) of the wheel removal jig (40396-
0100) to the back to remove the hexagon
head bolt (40340-M722).
5 . Remove the wheel fastener (44001-M721)
/
to replace the wheels.
6 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
Apply the grease (ECN-9) to 
the contact surface between
the brushless motor shaft and
each wheel. /
7 . Perform the following.
1 ) Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (See 8.4 [p144].)
2 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
3 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No.1, 3, 10, and 11.
5 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
6 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

89
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.27 Motor ASSY (40350-4110)


7.1.27.1 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of left lens measuring ASSY
Replacement part: 40350-4110
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect P702 (J2) and P703 (J3) from the LMU connection board (44501-BA07).
3 . Unscrew PC3 × 6 (n = 2) to replace the
motor ASSY (40350-4110). 
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
5 . Perform the following. 2%˜


1 ) LMU check (See 8.3.5 [p142].)

7.1.27.2 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of right lens measuring ASSY


Replacement part: 40350-4110
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect P802 (J2) and P803 (J3) from the periphery measurement connection board
(44501-BA08).
3 . Unscrew PC3 × 6 (n = 2) to replace the
motor ASSY (40350-4110).
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
5 . Perform the following.
1 ) LMU check (See 8.3.5 [p142].)

2%˜



90
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2 Boards
7.2.1 Main board (44501-BA01)
Replacement part: 44501-BA01
1 . Back up the parameter settings (see 8.16 [p219])
2 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58])
3 . Disconnect all connectors from the main board (44501-BA01).
4 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 4) to replace the

main board (44501-BA01). 5$˜ $#
5 . Remove the SD card from the prior main
board (44501-BA01).
6 . Replace the SD card with the one in the
new main board (44501-BA01).
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
8 . Restore the parameter settings (see 8.17
[p220]).
9 . If the parameter settings cannot be
backed up, perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See
8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
4 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
5 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
6 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
7 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustment of selectable No. 1 to 11.
8 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
9 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

91
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.2 I/O board (44501-BA02)


Replacement part: 44501-BA02
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


/ 
1500). 5$˜
5 . Disconnect all connectors from the I/O 
8 /
board (44501-BA02). #
8 /

6 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 4) to replace the I/O


board (44501-BA02). $#
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 
5$˜
8. Check the operation of each button on the
Machine test screen (see 8.3 [p140]).

92
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.3 Switch board (44501-BA03)


Replacement part: 44501-BA03
1 . Remove the switch board ASSY (44501-2120) (see 7.1.9 [p67]).
2 . Unscrew SB3 × 5 (n = 5) to replace the
switch board (44501-BA03).

3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 5$˜
4 . Check the operation of each switch.
$#

93
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.4 Carriage connection board (44501-BA04)


Replacement part: 44501-BA04
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Disconnect all connectors from the car-
riage connection board (44501-BA04).
4 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 2) to replace the car-
riage connection board (44501-BA04). 5$˜


5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

$#

6 . Perform the following.


1 ) Machine Test Screen (See 8.3 [p140].)
Check the operation of each button on the machine test screen.
2) Chuck Pressure Adjustment (See 8.5 [p145].)
3) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
4) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
5) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
6) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
7) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
8) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
9) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
10) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
11 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
12) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
13) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

94
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.5 LCD connection board (44501-BA05)


Replacement part: 44501-BA05
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58])
2 . Disconnect all connectors from the LCD connection board (44501-BA05).
3 . Unscrew SB3 × 5 (n = 4) to replace the
LCD connection board (44501-BA05).

4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 5$˜
5 . Check the operation of the touch panel.
$#

95
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.6 Drill connection board (44501-BA06)


Replacement part: 44501-BA06
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect all connectors from the drill 
8 /
connection board (44501-BA06). #
8 /

6 . Unscrew PC3 × 6 (n = 2) to replace the



drill connection board (44501-BA06). 2%˜
$#
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

8 . Perform the following.


1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2
[p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

96
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.7 LMU connection board (44501-BA07)


Replacement part: 44501-BA07
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Remove the upper processing chamber
(44501-M903)
Remove the liquid gasket from
the upper processing chamber
Caution (44501-M903) and middle pro-
cessing chamber (44501- /
M902).
3 . Disconnect all connectors from the LMU
connection board (44501-BA07).

4 . Unscrew PC3 × 6 (n = 2) and the spacer


collars (82501-C302A [n = 2]) to replace 2%˜


the LMU connection board (44501-BA07).


$#

%# 

5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order


being aware of the following.
6 . When assembling the upper processing
chamber (44501-M903), apply the liquid /
gasket to the middle processing chamber
(44501-M902) as shown to the right.
For liquid gasket, use
Three Bond 1211 or its
equivalent.
1 ) After attaching the upper processing
chamber (44501-M903), wipe off any
excess liquid gasket. Liquid gasket

2 ) After assembling the upper process-


ing chamber (44501-M903), attach
the white vinyl tape to the positions
as shown to the right.
7 . Perform the following.
1 ) LMU calibration (See 8.8.3 [p153].)

/ White vinyl tape /

97
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.8 Periphery measurement connection board (44501-BA08)


Replacement part: 44501-BA08
1 . Open the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57])
2 . Disconnect all connectors from the periphery measurement connection board (44501-
BA08).
3 . Unscrew PC3 × 6 (n = 2) to replace the

periphery measurement connection board 2%˜ $#
(44501-BA08).
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

%# 

5 . Perform the following.


1 ) Machine Test Screen (See 8.3 [p140].)
Check the operation of each button on the machine test screen.
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
4 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
5 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
6 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
7 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
8 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
9 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
10) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

98
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.9 SSR board (44501-BA09)


Replacement part: 44501-BA09
Replacement part: 44501-BA09
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect all connectors from the SSR 
8 /
board (44501-BA09). #
8 /

6 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 4) to replace the


SSR board (44501-BA09). $#
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 5$˜


8 . Perform the following.


1 ) Others check (See 8.3.8 [p143].)

99
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.10 Motorized cover connection board (44501-BA10)


Replacement part: 44501-BA10
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect all connectors from the motorized cover connection board (44501-BA10).
3 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 2) to replace the
motorized cover connection board (44501-

BA10). 5$˜
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
5 . Perform the following. $#
1 ) Cover check (See 8.3.3 [p141].)

100
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.11 Interface board (44501-BA11)


Replacement part: 44501-BA11
1 . Remove the power supply ASSY (44501-1500) (see 7.1.6 [p64]).
2 . Remove the following three-phase drivers (44501-E036) (see 7.3.6 [p119]).
1 ) Three-phase driver (44501-E036) for the three-phase stepping motor (44501-E035)
of the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200)
2 ) Three-phase driver (44501-E036) for the three-phase stepping motor (44501-E03) of
the Y axis ASSY (44501-5300)
3 . Remove the cable ties from the hose
(44501-M197).
/

Cable tie

4 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 4) to remove the


hose holder (44501-M147).
5 . Disconnect all connectors from the inter-
face board (44501-BA11).

5$˜

/



101
LLE20ARDA002A

6 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 2) attached to the


interface board (44501-BA11) to replace 
5$˜
the board.
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
8 . Perform the following. $#
1 ) Port check (See 8.3.7 [p143].)

Attached
screws

7.2.12 USB board (44501-BA13)


Replacement part: 44501-BA13
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58])
2 . Disconnect all connectors from the USB board (44501-BA13).
3 . Remove the dust cover (44501-M278).
4 . Remove the screws (43501-M109 [n = 2]) /
to replace the USB board (44501-BA13). 
/ 
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

$#

102
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3 Electric Parts


7.3.1 Cable ASSYs
7.3.1.1 Cable ASSY (44501-CA27)
Replacement part: 44501-CA27
1 . Remove the following covers.
1 ) Front Cover (44501-M202) (See 6.3 [p59].)
2 ) Rear Cover (44501-M203) (See 6.6 [p60].)
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


3 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
4 . Disconnect the following connectors from 
8 /
the SSR board (44501-BA09). #
8 /
1 ) For the cable ASSY (44501-CA27)
for PUMP1, disconnect P903 (J3).
2 ) For the cable ASSY (44501-CA27)
for PUMP2, disconnect P904 (J4).
3 ) For the cable ASSY (44501-CA27)
for VACUUM, disconnect P905 (J5).

5 . Unscrew SB4 × 4 from the ground cable of


each cable ASSY (44501-CA27) to dis-
connect the ground cable.
6 . Replace each cable ASSY (44501-CA27).
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
8 . Perform the following.
1 ) Others check (See 8.3.8 [p143].)

5$˜


%# 

103
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.1.2 Cable ASSY (41971-CA07)


Replacement part: 41971-CA07
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect CN13 from the cable ASSY 
8 /
(41971-CA07). #
8 /

6 . Unscrew SB4 × 25 (n = 4) to replace the


cable ASSY (41971-CA07).  %#
%#
5$˜
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

104
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.2 Sensor ASSYs


7.3.2.1 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA17)
Replacement part: 44501-CA17
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect P216 (J16) from the sensor 
8 /
ASSY (44501-CA17). #
8 /

6 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 2) to replace the


sensor ASSY (44501-CA17).
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
8 . Perform the following. 5$˜


1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].) %#


2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See
8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4
[p155].)
4 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
5 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
6 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
7 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
8 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
9 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
10) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
11 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
12) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

105
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.2.2 Sensor ASSY (45501-CA38)


Replacement part: 45501-CA38
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect P1003 (J3) from the motorized cover connection board (44501-BA10).
3 . Unscrew CK2 × 8 (n = 2) to replace the
sensor ASSY (44501-CA38). %#
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 
29
5 . Perform the following.
1 ) Cover check (See 8.3.3 [p141].) %-˜


7.3.2.3 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA44)


Replacement part: 44501-CA44
1 . Open the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
2 . Disconnect P806 (J6) from the periphery measurement connection board (44501-BA08).
3 . Unscrew CK2 × 4 (n = 2) to replace the
sensor ASSY (44501-CA44). %#
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
5 . Perform the following. 
%-˜
1 ) RMU calibration (See 8.8.2 [p152].)
2 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4
[p155].)

106
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.2.4 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA51)


Replacement part: 44501-CA51
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58])
2 . Disconnect P403 (J3) from the carriage connection board (44501-BA04).
3 . Unscrew CK2 × 8 (n = 2) and PW2 (n = 2)

to replace the sensor ASSY (44501- 
%-˜
CA51). 29

4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. %#

5 . Adjust the position of the sensor ASSY


(44501-CA51) by the following procedure.
1 ) Display the Machine test screen (see 8.3 [p140]).
2 ) Press the Chuck button to open
the chuck.
3 ) Loosen SB2 × 4 (n = 2) to adjust the
/
position of the sensor ASSY (44501-
CA51) with the attachment plate
(44501-M572) so that Chuck Org
turns orange when the chuck is
opened.
6 . Perform the following.
1 ) Chuck Pressure Adjustment (See
8.5 [p145].) 
%# 5$˜ /

107
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.2.5 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA52)


Replacement part: 44501-CA52
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect P404 (J4) from the carriage connection board (44501-BA04).
3 . Unscrew CK2 × 4 (n = 2) to replace the
sensor ASSY (44501-CA52). %#
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. %-˜

5 . Adjust the position of the sensor ASSY


(44501-CA51) by the following procedure.
1 ) Display the Machine test screen (see 8.3 [p140]).
2 ) Press the Chuck button to close
the chuck.
3 ) Loosen SB2 × 4 (n = 2) to adjust the
position of the shading plate (44501- %#
M574) so that Chuck “Pre chuck”
turns orange when the chuck is /
closed. 
5$˜
6 . Perform the following.
1 ) Chuck Pressure Adjustment (See
8.5 [p145].)

108
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.2.6 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA53)


Replacement part: 44501-CA53
1 . Open the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57]).
2 . Remove the left side cover (44501-M204) (see 6.4 [p59]).
3 . Disconnect P405 (J5) from the carriage connection board (44501-BA04).
4 . Unscrew CK2 × 4 (n = 2) to replace the
sensor ASSY (44501-CA53).
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

%-˜

6 . Perform the following. %#


1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See
8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
4 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
5 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
6 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
7 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
8 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
9 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
10) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

109
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.2.7 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA56)


Replacement part: 44501-CA56
1 . Remove the grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000) (see 7.1.11 [p69]).
2 . Disconnect P604 (J4) from the drill connection board (44501-BA06).
3 . Unscrew CK2 × 4 (n = 2) to replace the
sensor ASSY (44501-CA56).
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

%#

5 . Perform the following.


1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].) %-˜


2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2


[p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

110
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.3 DC motors
7.3.3.1 DC motor (44501-E027)
Replacement part: 44501-E027
1 . Remove the processing ASSY (44501-3300) (see 7.1.14 [p72]).
2 . Unscrew the hexagon socket head cap
screw (44501-M354) to remove the follow-
ing parts.
/ /
1 ) Safety beveling wheel (45501-
M352) / /
2 ) Spacer (44501-M349) 
**˜
3 ) Gasket (40350-M355)

3 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 2) to remove the lid / %-˜
(44501-M342). 
/ / 
4 . Unscrew the flat head caps (44501-M356 
5$˜
[n = 2]) to remove the DC motor (44501-
E027) along with the processing motor /
holder (44501-M344).
5 . Unscrew HH3 × 3 (n =2) to remove the
small pulley (44501-M346) and timing belt '
(44501-M348).
6 . Unscrew CK2 × 4 (n = 2) to replace the
DC motor (44501-E027).
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. /

8 . Perform the following.


1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

111
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.3.2 DC motor (44001-E042)


Replacement part: 44001-E042
1 . Remove the right side cover (44501-M205) (see 6.5 [p60]).
2 . Disconnect CN04 from the DC motor (44001-E042).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 8 (n = 3) to remove the
DC motor (44001-E042) along with the / 
' / 
small pulley (44501-563). **˜


4 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n = 2) to remove the


small pulley (44501-563) and flange
(44501-M565), then replace the DC motor
(44001-E042).
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
6 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].) 
5$˜

112
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.4 Pulse motor


7.3.4.1 Pulse motor (44401-E022) of X axis drive ASSY
Replacement part: 44401-E022
1 . Remove the X axis drive ASSY (44501-1100) (see 7.1.1 [p61]).
2 . Unscrew SB4 × 10 to remove the pinion
(44501-M153) along with the large gear **˜

/
(44501-M155).
3 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 4) to remove the 5$˜


motor holder (44501-M185).


/
4 . Unscrew HH4 × 4 (n = 2) to remove the
5$˜
small gear (44501-M152), then replace
'
the pulse motor (44401-E022).
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
6 . Perform the following. / /
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
4 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
5 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
6 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
7 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
8 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
9 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustment of selectable No. 1 to 11.
10) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
11 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

113
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.4.2 Pulse motor (80407-00217) of slider ASSY


Replacement part: 80407-00217
1 . Remove the grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000) (see 7.1.11 [p69]).
2 . Disconnect the connectors from the pulse motor (80407-00217).
3 . Loosen the attached screws (n = 2) on the
side of the pulse motor (80407-00217) for
the coupling (40350-M312) as shown to
the right.
4 . Unscrew SB3 × 10 (n = 4) to replace the
pulse motor (80407-00217)
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 
5$˜
* Assemble the pulse motor (80407-
00217) so that one of the attached
screws for the coupling (40350-M312)
contacts the flat surface of the motor
shaft. /
Attached
screws

Flat 
surface of
the shaft

6 . Perform the following.


1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

114
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.4.3 Pulse motor (80407-00217) of motor ASSY


Replacement part: 80407-00217
1 . Remove the grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000) (see 7.1.11 [p69]).
2 . Disconnect the connectors from the pulse motor (80407-00217).
3 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 3) to remove the
pulse motor (80407-00217) along with the
S axis motor holder (44501-M391). 
4 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 4) to remove the
pulse motor (80407-00217) along with the

small gear (44501-M390) and flange 5$˜
Flat surface
(44501-M393).
of the shaft
5 . Loosen HH3 × 3 (n = 2) to remove the
small gear (44501-M390) and flange
/
(44501-M393), then replace the pulse
motor (80407-00217).
6 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
Assemble the pulse motor 
(80407-00217) so that one of 5$˜
Caution
HH3 × 3 (n = 2) contacts the
/
flat surface of the motor shaft.

/ 
**˜
7 . Perform the following.
1 ) Drill unit check (See 8.3.4 [p142].)
2 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
4 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1, 4, and 7.
5 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

115
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.5 Three-phase stepping motors


7.3.5.1 Three-phase stepping motor (44501-E034) for Y axis ASSY
Replacement part: 44501-E034
1 . Remove the following covers.
1 ) Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) (See 6.2 [p58].)
2 ) Front Cover (44501-M202) (See 6.3 [p59].)
3 ) Left Side Cover (44501-M204) (See 6.4 [p59].)
2 . Unscrew SB3 × 6, SB4 × 6 (n = 2), and
PW4 (n = 2) to remove the joint (44501- '
M976).
3 . Disconnect CN2 from the three-phase **˜


driver (44501-E036) for the Y axis ASSY.


4 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 2) to remove the /
three-phase stepping motor (44501-E034)
along with the pulley (44501-M583).
5 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n = 2) to remove the pul-
ley (44501-M566), then replace the three- /
phase stepping motor (44501-E034).
5$˜

5$˜

29 
5$˜
6 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
Assemble the pulley (44501-M566) so that one of HH4 × 4 (n = 2) contacts the
Caution
flat surface of the three-phase stepping motor (44501-E034) shaft.
7 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)
4 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
5 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
6 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
7 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
8 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
9 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustment of selectable No. 1 to 11.
10) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
11 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

116
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.5.2 Three-phase stepping motor (44501-E035) for Y axis


carriage ASSY
Replacement part: 44501-E035
1 . Remove the following covers.
1 ) Top Cover ASSY (44501-2100) (See 6.2 [p58].)
2 ) Front Cover (44501-M202) (See 6.3 [p59].)
3 ) Left Side Cover (44501-M204) (See 6.4 [p59].)
4 ) Right Side Cover (44501-M205) (See 6.5 [p60].)
2 . Attach the right and left rotation axis
adjustment jig (40396-M001).

/
3 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n =2) to remove the pin-
ion (44501-M535).
4 . Disconnect CN2 from the three-phase
driver for the Y axis carriage ASSY
(44501-E036).

**˜

/
5 . Unscrew SB4 × 10 (n = 2) to remove the
three-phase stepping motor (44501-E035)
along with the motor holder (44501-
M539).
/


5$˜

'
6 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n =2) to remove the pin-
'
ion (44501-M536) and shaft (44501-
M538).
/
7 . Unscrew FC3 × 8 (n = 4) to replace the (%˜


three-phase stepping motor (44501- /


E035).
8 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. **˜

/
9 . Remove the right and left rotation axis
adjustment jig (40396-M001).
10. Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See 8.8.1 [p150].)
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4 [p155].)

117
LLE20ARDA002A

4 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)


5 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
6 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
7 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
8 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
9 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
10) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
11 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

118
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.6 Three-phase driver (44501-E036)


7.3.6.1 Three-phase driver for Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-E036)
Replacement part: 44501-E036
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect all connectors from the three- 
8 /
phase driver for the Y axis carriage ASSY #
8 /
(44501-E036).

6 . Loosen SB3 × 6.
7 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 to replace the three- 5$˜
phase driver (44501-E036). '
8 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
9 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)

5$˜

119
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.6.2 Three-phase driver for Y axis ASSY (44501-E036)


Replacement part: 44501-E036
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect all connectors from the three- 
8 /
phase driver for the Y axis ASSY (44501- #
8 /
E036).

6 . Loosen SB3 × 6.
7 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 to replace the three- 5$˜
5$˜ '
phase driver (44501-E036). '
8 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
9 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)

5$˜

5$˜

120
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.7 Micro servo motor


7.3.7.1 Micro servo motor (44501-E070) for periphery measurement ASSY
Replacement part: 44501-E070
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect P804 (J4) and P805 (J5) from the periphery measurement connection board
(40350-BA08).
3 . Unscrew CK2 × 4 (n = 2) to replace the

micro servo motor (44501-E070). %-˜
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
5 . Perform the following.
'
1 ) RMU check (See 8.3.6 [p143].)

7.3.7.2 Micro servo motor (40340-E070) for motor ASSY


Replacement part: 40340-E070
1 . Remove the following ASSYs.
1 ) Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of left lens measuring ASSY (See 7.1.27.1 [p90].)
2 ) Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of right lens measuring ASSY (See 7.1.27.2 [p90].)
2 . Unscrew CK2 × 3 (n = 2) and PW2 (n = 2)
to replace the micro servo motor (40340-
E070). /
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
4 . Perform the following.
1 ) LMU check (See 8.3.5 [p142].)
'


29

%-˜

121
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.8 Inverter board (10701-E002)


Replacement part: 10701-E002
1 . Remove the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.2 [p58]).
2 . Disconnect all connectors from the inverter board (10701-E002).
3 . Unscrew SB3 × 5 (n = 4) to replace the
inverter board (10701-E002). '
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.

5$˜

7.3.9 Rotary encoder (34085-E202)


Replacement part: 34085-E202
1 . Remove the switch board (44501-BA03) (see 7.2.3 [p93]).
2 . Remove the attached nut and washers
from the rotary encoder (34085-E202) to Attached nut
replace it.
Attached
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
washers

/

'

122
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.10 DC fan (40350-E016)


Replacement part: 40350-E016
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500 or 44501-15A0). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect CN12 from the DC fan (40350- 
8 /
E016). #
8 /

6 . Unscrew FC3 × 35 (n = 4) to remove the


filter (40350-M132) and plate nut (44501- / '
M144), then replace the DC fan (40350-
E016).
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


(%˜

/

123
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.11 BL motor inverter (44401-E071, 44401-E072)


Replacement part: 44401-E071 (for 100 V)
44401-E072 (for 200 V)
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect the rear torque (40340-E043), 
8 /
BL motor regenerative resistor (40340- #
8 /
E069), and all cables from the following
BL motor inverter.
1 ) BL motor inverter for 100 V (40350-
E051)
2 ) BL motor inverter for 200 V (40350-
E052)

6 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 2) to replace the fol-


lowing BL motor inverter. ' 8
1 ) BL motor inverter for 100 V (44401- ' 8
E071)
2 ) BL motor inverter for 200 V (44401-
E072)
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
8 . Perform the following.
1 ) Spindle check (See 8.3.2 [p141].)
2 ) BL Motor Inverter Setting (See 8.18
[p221].) 5$˜


124
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.12 Brushless motor (44401-E070)


Replacement part: 44401-E070
1 . Remove the spindle ASSY (44501-1400) (see 7.1.5 [p63]).
2 . Remove the collar (40340-M717) and
/
spacer (44501-M108).
3 . Unscrew SB5 × 15 (n = 4) to replace the
'
brushless motor (44401-E070).

4 . Perform the following.


1 ) Spindle check (See 8.3.2 [p141].) /
2 ) Brushless Motor Vibration Noise / 
5$˜
Check (See 8.4 [p144].)
3 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
4 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
5 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 3, 4, 10, and 11.
6 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)

7.3.13 Color LCD panel (44601-E010)


Replacement part: 44601-E010
1 . Remove the display ASSY (44501-2110) (see 7.1.8 [p67]).
2 . Disconnect CN1 from the color LCD panel (44601-E010).
3 . Disconnect P503 (J3) from the LCD connection board.
4 . Unscrew PC3 × 6 (n = 4) to replace the
color LCD panel (44601-E010). ' 
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 2%˜
6 . Perform the following.
1 ) Touch Panel Calibration (See 8.6
[p146].)

125
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.14 Switching regulator (80602-00101)


Replacement part: 80602-00101
1 . Remove the front cover (44501-M202) (see 6.3 [p59]).
2 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
3 . Unscrew SB4 × 6 (n = 3) from the power
supply ASSY (44501-1500). 5$˜


4 . Incline the power supply ASSY (44501-


1500). 5$˜ / 
5 . Disconnect all connectors from the switch- 
8 /
ing regulator (80602-00101). #
8 /

6 . Unscrew SB3 × 6 (n = 2) to remove the


waterproof cover (44501-M150). 
7 . Unscrew FC4 × 8 (n = 4) to replace the 
5$˜
switching regulator (80602-00101).
8 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. /


(%˜

126
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.15 Circuit protector


Replacement part: 80431-00029 (for 100 V)
80431-00030 (for 200 V)
1 . Remove the rear cover (44501-M203) (see 6.6 [p60]).
2 . Disconnect the terminals from the circuit protector (80431-00029 or 80431-00030).
3 . Remove and replace the circuit protector
(80431-00029 or 80431-00030).
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.


8

8

7.4 Mechanical Parts


7.4.1 End mill (40350-M372)
Replacement part: 40350-M372
1 . Open the top cover ASSY (44501-2100) (see 6.1 [p57])
2 . Set the single head wrench (44501-M355)
to the step beveling wheel (44501-M352).
/

/

/

3 . Set the wrench (44501-M353) to the nut


(44501-M337). /
4 . Loosen the nut (44501-M337) with the
wrench (44501-M353) and single head
wrench (44501-M355) to replace the end
mill (40350-M372).
5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. /
1 ) Hole depth calibration (See 8.8.5
[p155].) /
/

127
LLE20ARDA002A

7.4.2 Grooving wheel (43131-M001)


Replacement part: 43131-M001
1 . Remove the end mill (40350-M372) (see 7.4.1 [p127]).
2 . Remove the nut (44501-M337).

/

3 . Set the single head wrench (44501-M355)


to the safety beveling wheel (44501-
/
M352).
/

/

4 . Set the single head wrench (44501-M355)


to the wheel fastener (44501-M336).
5 . Loosen the wheel fastener (44501-M336) /
with the wrench (44501-M353) and single
head wrench (44501-M355).

/

/

6 . Remove the wheel fastener (44501-M336)


to replace the grooving wheel (43131-
M001).
7 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
8 . Perform the following.
1 ) Hole depth calibration (See 8.8.5
[p155].)
/
2 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Perform the self adjust- /
Caution ment of selectable No.
1.
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

128
LLE20ARDA002A

7.4.3 Safety beveling wheel (45501-M352)


Replacement part: 45501-M352
1 . Set the single head wrench (44501-M355)
to the step beveling wheel (44501-M352)
/
to fasten it.
/

/

2 . Remove the hexagon socket head cap


screw (44501-M354) to replace the safety
beveling wheel (45501-M352).
3 . Perform the following.
1 ) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
/
Perform the self adjust-
Caution ment of selectable No.
4. 
/

129
LLE20ARDA002A

7.4.4 Feelers
7.4.4.1 Feeler of the left feeler ASSY (44501-M462)
Replacement part: 44501-M461
1 . Remove the left feeler ASSY (44501-4120) (see 7.1.17 [p76]).
2 . Remove FK2 × 3 (n = 2) and holder
(40340-M985) to replace the feeler
(44501-M462).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
4 . Perform the following.
1 ) LMU calibration (See 8.8.3 [p153].)

0
0


).™

7.4.4.2 Feeler of the right feeler ASSY (40350-M436)


Replacement part: 44501-M461
1 . Remove the left feeler ASSY (44501-4220) (see 7.1.19 [p79]).
2 . Remove the FK2 × 3 (n = 2) and holder
(40340-M985) to replace the feeler
(40350-M436).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order. 0
4 . Perform the following. 0
1 ) LMU calibration (See 8.8.3 [p153].)
2 ) Hole depth calibration (See 8.8.5
[p155].)
3 ) Hole depth adjustment (See
8.12.11.3 [p189].)

).™

130
LLE20ARDA002A

7.4.5 Timing belts


7.4.5.1 Timing belt (44501-M584)
Replacement part: 44501-M584
1 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n =2) to remove the tim-
ing belt (44501-M584) along with the pul-
ley (44501-M583).
2 . Replace the timing belt (44501-M584).
3 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
4 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)

**˜

/

/

7.4.5.2 Timing belt (44001-M538)


Replacement part: 44001-M538
1 . Remove the right side cover (44501-M205) (see 6.5 [p60]).
2 . Remove the flat head screw (44001-
M542) to remove the whirl-stop plate
(44001-M536).
3 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n =2) to remove the
small pulley (44501-M563). /
4 . Replace the timing belt (44001-M538).

5 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse **˜
order.
Assemble the parts so that
one of HH4 × 4 (n = 2) con- /
tacts the flat surface of the DC /
motor (44001-E042) shaft. /
'
6 . Perform the following.
1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)
Flat surface of
the shaft

131
LLE20ARDA002A

7.4.6 Ball screw (40350-M552)


Replacement part: 40350-M552
1 . Remove the Y axis ASSY (44501-5300) (see 7.1.23 [p83]).
2 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n =2) to remove the tim-
ing belt (44501-M584) along with the pul-
ley (40350-M522).
3 . Replace the ball screw (40350-M552).
4 . Reassemble the parts in the reverse order.
/
5 . Perform the following. **˜


1 ) Carriage check (See 8.3.1 [p140].)


2 ) Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (See
8.8.1 [p150].) /
3 ) RMU size calibration (See 8.8.4
/
[p155].)
4 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
5 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)
6 ) Wheel calibration (See 8.9.1 [p156].)
7 ) Drill unit calibration (See 8.9.2 [p157].)
8 ) Finish size (See 8.12.3 [p165].)
9 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
10) Self Adjustment (See 8.13 [p206].)
Caution Perform the self adjustments of selectable No. 1 to 11.
11 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
12) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

132
LLE20ARDA002A

8 ADJUSTMENT

8.1 Entering Service Mode


1 . Turn on the power switch of the main
body.
2 . While pressing the STOP button ST OP
on
the layout screen, press the Menu button.

3 . Display the menu screen in Service mode.


The Service mode bar
appears along the left edge of
the screen, so the menu
screen in Service mode can
be distinguished from that in
User mode.
4 . Press the Exit button to return to the lay-
out screen.

5 . Press the Menu button on the layout


screen to confirm that the menu screen in
User mode is displayed.
On the menu screen in User
mode, the Service mode bar
and tab 3 are not displayed.

133
LLE20ARDA002A

8.2 Each Menu Screen


8.2.1 General screen
1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the machine test button to display
the General screen.
3 . Press tabs 1 to 3 on the right of the screen
to switch the pages.
Displayed items and settings
differ depending on wheel
configuration and setting.

1 ) First page

2 ) Second page

3 ) Third page
Only the settings on the
third page are change-
able in Service mode.
4 . Select the desired item to change the set-
ting.
5 . After changing the setting, press the Exit
button to return to the layout screen.

134
LLE20ARDA002A

8.2.2 Maintenance screen


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the
Maintenance screen.
Displayed items differ depend-
ing on wheel configuration.

3 . Press the following buttons to perform the


operations.
1 ) Press the Exchange button to move the drill arm to the drill exchange posi-
tion.
2 ) Press the following Dressing buttons
to dress each wheel.
When each button is
pressed, the operation
guide appears.

a. button: Roughing
wheel for glass lenses, finish-
ing wheel for glass lenses, fin-
ishing wheel for plastic lenses,
polishing wheel, finishing
wheel for high base curve
lenses
b. button: Finishing wheel for safety-beveled surface, polishing wheel
for safety-beveled surface
c. button: Grooving wheel
3 ) Press the button to clean the processing chamber.
Press the button displays the operation guide.
4 . Press the following buttons to load the internal data for adjustment.
1) button: ø45 internal data
2) button: 45 internal data
3) button: Rectangle 50 × 25 internal data
4) button: Internal data for processing test
5) button: Internal data for hole check
6) button: Internal data for hole diameter adjustment
7) button: Internal data for hole position adjustment
8) button: Internal data for front surface offset
9) button: Internal data for hole depth adjustment

135
LLE20ARDA002A

5 . Hole position adjustment mode


1 ) On: For drill adjustment, hole position measurement and drilling are performed. Lens
periphery is not processed.
2 ) Off: Lens periphery is processed.
When shape data is loaded or the power switch of the instrument is turned off,
the setting automatically changes to Off.
6 . Calibrate each ASSY with the following Calibration buttons.
1) button: Safety beveling ASSY
2) button: Motorized cover ASSY
3) button: Periphery measurement ASSY
4) button: Left lens measuring ASSY, right lens measuring ASSY, periphery
measurement ASSY
5) button: Left lens measuring ASSY, right lens measuring ASSY
6) button: Periphery measurement ASSY

7) button: Hole depth with the grooving/drilling ASSY

8) button: Calibration by processing flat lenses


7 . Using the touch sensor calibration jig (44570-0020), calibrate each wheel with the following
touch sensor buttons.
1) button: Each wheel ASSY
2) button: Drilling wheel
8 . Maintenance message
1 ) Water exchange: Display setting of the grinding water replacement message
a . On: Replacement message is displayed.
b . Off: Replacement message is not displayed.
c . Numeric value: Process count according to which the replacement message is
displayed
1 ) Drill 1: Display setting of the drill replacement message
a . On: Replacement message is displayed.
b . Off: Replacement message is not displayed.
c . Numeric value: Process count according to which the replacement message is
displayed
9 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout screen.

136
LLE20ARDA002A

8.2.3 Grinding screen


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab to display the
parameter setting screen.

3 . Select the desired item from the following


on the left of the screen.
1 ) Adjustment
2 ) SFB setting
3 ) Size preset
4 ) Default setting
5 ) Jewel hole size
6 ) Process performance

4 . The letters and background of the


selected item change in color.
5 . When of each item is pressed, it
changes to and the items at the lower
hierarchical level are displayed.

137
LLE20ARDA002A

6 . Change the parameter settings with the numeric keypad or pop-up menu by the following
procedure.
1 ) When using the numeric keypad
a . Display the items of the
desired parameter.
b . Press the numeric field to dis-
play the numeric keypad.
The selected field
turns orange and
its letters turn
white.

c . Enter a numeric value, then


press to confirm it.

2 ) When using the pop-up menu


a . Display the items of the
desired parameter.
b . Press the numeric field to display the pop-up menu.
c . Select the desired item from
the displayed pop-up menu.
7 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout
screen.

138
LLE20ARDA002A

8.2.4 Connection screen


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Connection tab on the menu
screen.
3 . Press the desired setting or numeric field
of the following items to change the
parameter setting.
1 ) Water system
2 ) Vacuum system
3 ) RS-232C (COM1 port)
4 ) RS-232C (COM3 port)
5 ) Ethernet (LAN port)
6 ) My ID
7 ) Host ID

4 . Change the parameter settings by the following procedure.


1 ) When using the numeric keypad
a . Press the numeric field to dis-
play the numeric keypad.
The selected field
turns orange and
its letters turn
white.
b . Enter a numeric value, then
press to confirm it.

2 ) When using the pop-up menu


a . Press the setting field of the
desired parameter to display
the pop-up menu.
b . Select the desired item from
the displayed pop-up menu.

5 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout


screen.

139
LLE20ARDA002A

8.3 Machine Test Screen


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Machine test button to display
the Machine test screen.

3 . Press each button to check the operation.


Each part operates only while
the corresponding button is
pressed.
4 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout
screen from the Machine test screen.

8.3.1 Carriage check


1 . X Axis
1 ) The and buttons are used
to move the carriage ASSY (44501-
5000) horizontally.
2 ) When “Org” is orange, the sensor ASSY (44501-CA17) is tripped and the carriage
ASSY (44501-5000) is at the origin.
3 ) The Position value indicates the position of the carriage ASSY (44501-5000).
2 . Y Axis
1 ) The and buttons are used
to move the Y axis carriage ASSY
(44501-5200) vertically.
2 ) When “Org” is orange, the sensor
ASSY (44501-CA53) is tripped and
the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200) is at the origin.
3 ) When “End” is orange, the Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200) is at the bottom.
4 ) The Encoder value indicates the count value of the encoder.
5 ) The Encoder value is reset with the button.
6 ) The Power and buttons are used to change the motor power.

140
LLE20ARDA002A

3 . θ Axis
1 ) The and buttons are used
to rotate the lens adapter (44031-
1200) and lens clamp (44031-3200).
c . When “Org” is orange, the R
ORG sensor on the carriage
connection board (44501-BA04) is tripped, and the lens adapter (44031-1200)
and lens clamp (44031-3200) are at the origin of the rotation angle.
2 ) When “End” is orange, the rotation angle of the lens adapter (44031-1200) and lens
clamp (44031-3200) is maximum.
3 ) The Encoder value indicates the count value of the encoder.
4 ) The Encoder value is reset with the button.
5 ) The Power and buttons are used to change the motor power.
4 . Chuck
1 ) The and buttons are used
to open and close the chuck.
2 ) When “Org” is orange, the sensor
ASSY (44501-CA51) is tripped, the chuck is open, and the lens clamp (44031-3200)
is at the origin.
3 ) When “Pre chuck” is orange, the sensor ASSY (44501-CA52) is tripped and the chuck
is closed.

8.3.2 Spindle check


1 . The Speed and buttons are
used to change the motor speed.
2 . The Current value indicates the current of
the motor.
3 . The wheel motor is rotated with the button.

8.3.3 Cover check


1 . Open and close the cover by hand.
2 . When “Close” is gray, the cover is open.

141
LLE20ARDA002A

8.3.4 Drill unit check


1 . Z Axis
1 ) The and buttons are used
to change the position of the pro-
cessing ASSY (45501-3300, 44501-
330A).
2 ) When “Org” is orange, the sensor on the drill connection board (44501-BA06) is
tripped and the processing ASSY (44501-3300 or 44501-330A) is at the origin.
2 . R Axis
1 ) The and buttons are used
to change the rotation angle of the
processing ASSY (45501-3300,
44501-330A).
2 ) When “Org” is orange, the sensor of the sensor ASSY (44501-CA38) is tripped and
the processing ASSY (44501-3300 or 44501-330A) is at the origin of the rotation
angle.
3 . Drill
1 ) The drill motor is rotated with the
button.
2 ) The drill motor rotation is reversed
with the button.
3 ) The Speed and buttons are used to change the motor speed.
4 ) The Current value indicates the current of the motor.

8.3.5 LMU check


1 . Left
1 ) The and buttons are used to move the left lens
measuring ASSY (44501-4100) horizontally.
2 ) When “Org” is orange, the sensor on the LMU connection
board (44501-BA07) is tripped and the left lens measuring
ASSY (44501-4100) is at the origin
3 ) The Encoder value indicates the count value of the
encoder.
4 ) The Encoder value is reset with the button.
2 . Right
1 ) The and buttons are used to move the right lens
measuring ASSY (44501-4200) horizontally.
2 ) When “Org” is orange, the sensor on the periphery mea-
surement connection board (44501-BA08) is tripped and
the right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200) is at the ori-
gin.
3 ) The Encoder value indicates the count value of the encoder.
4 ) The Encoder value is reset with the button.

142
LLE20ARDA002A

8.3.6 RMU check


1 . The and buttons are used to
operate the periphery measurement ASSY
(44501-7000).
2 . When “Org” is orange, the sensor ASSY (44501-CA44) is tripped and the periphery mea-
surement ASSY (44501-7000) is at the origin.
3 . The Encoder value indicates the count value of the encoder.
4 . The Encoder value is reset with the button.

8.3.7 Port check


1 . The button is used to perform the
communication test between COM ports 1
and 2.
2 . The button is used to perform the communication test between COM ports 1 and 3.
3 . When the communication test is successful, “Connected” appears in the Status field. When
it is failed, “Disconnected” appears.

8.3.8 Others check


1 . SSR
The AC power is output only while each button is pressed.
1 ) The AC power output of PUMP 1 is
enabled with the button.
2 ) The AC power output of PUMP 2 is
enabled with the button.
3 ) The AC power output of VACUUM is enabled with the button.

8.3.9 Running check


1 . Running starts with the button.
2 . The repetition number of running is
cleared with the button.
3 . The number of running is set with the button.
* When ∞ is set, running is repeated until the Stop button is pressed or any error occurs.

143
LLE20ARDA002A

8.4 Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check


1 . Display the Machine test screen (see 8.3
[p140]).

2 . Rotate the wheels by the following proce-


dure.
1 ) Press the Speed or but-
ton to set the motor speed to “6”.
2 ) Press the button to rotate the
wheel motor.
3 . Confirm that the vibration noise of the wheels is not loud during rotation.
4 . If the noise is loud, adjust the balance of the wheels by the following procedure.
1 ) Attach the wheel removal jig (40396-
0100) to the wheel fastener (44001-
M721) while aligning their shapes.
2 ) Set the long closed wrench (40390-
M603) to the hexagon head bolt
(40340-M722).
3 ) Turn the long closed wrench (40390-
M603) to the back to loosen the
hexagon head bolt (40340-M722).

/ 
4 ) Turn each wheel in the direction of
the arrow.
Turn adjacent wheels in
Caution
opposite directions.
5 ) Tighten the hexagon head bolt
(40340-M722) with the wheel
removal jig (40396-0100) and long
closed wrench (40390-M603).
5 . Turn the wheels to confirm that their vibra-
tion noise is not loud.
6 . Repeat the procedure above until the
vibration noise of the wheels become quiet.

144
LLE20ARDA002A

8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment


1 . Open the chuck.
2 . Remove the right side cover (44501-M205) (see 6.5 [p60]).
3 . Adjust the position of the shading plate (44501-M574) for the chuck shaft motor ASSY
(44501-5210) by the following procedure.
1 ) Display the Machine test screen (see 8.3 [p140]).
2 ) Press the Chuck button with no
lens set.

3 ) Loosen SB2 × 4 (n = 2) on the shad-


ing plate (44501-M574).
4 ) Adjust the shading plate (44501-
M574) to the position where Chuck
“Pre Chuck” is gray although it is just
about to turn orange.
5 ) Tighten SB2 × 4 (n = 2) to fasten the

shading plate (44501-M574). 5$˜ /
6 ) Press the Chuck and but-
tons to confirm that the chuck opens and closes properly.
7 ) Attach the sensor ASSY (40391-
1000) of the chuck pressure mea-
surement jig (40391-0100) and
press the button to chuck it.
8 ) When “Pre Chuck” has turned
orange, confirm that the chuck pres-
sure is 17 Kgf or less.
4 . Adjust the chuck pressure by the following 
procedure.
1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.
a . Select “Chuck pressure” and
set “Test” to CR39.
3 ) Press the CHUCK button C HUC K
to
confirm that the chuck pressure
becomes 45 ±3 Kgf.
Secure chuck occurs.

145
LLE20ARDA002A

4 ) If the chuck pressure is not 45 ±3 Kgf, press the numeric field for “CR39/Hi-index”.
The numeric keypad appears.
5 ) Change the CR39/Hi-index value so that the chuck pressure becomes 45 ±3 Kgf.
6 ) Enter a numeric value, then press to confirm it.
7 ) Confirm that the chuck pressure becomes 45 ±3 Kgf.
Pressing the CHUCK button with the Chuck pressure parame-
C HUC K

ters displayed, chuck occurs accordingly for the set value.


8 ) Select “Chuck pressure” and set “Test” to Polyca.
9 ) Change the Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane value so that the chuck pressure
becomes 45 ±3 Kgf.
Pressing the CHUCK button with the Chuck pressure parame-
C HUC K

ters displayed, chuck occurs accordingly for the set value.


5 . After adjustment, remove the chuck pressure measurement jig (40391-0100).
6 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout screen.

8.6 Touch Panel Calibration


1 . While pressing the F button , turn on the power switch.
2 . A blue square appears in the upper left
 
corner of the screen.
3 . The square appears in the four corners
of the screen in turn.
4 . Touch the square in the order of 1 to 4.
5 . After the square is touched in all four cor-
ners, the instrument starts.

 

146
LLE20ARDA002A

8.7 Attaching Jigs


8.7.1 Touch sensor calibration jig (44570-0020)
1 . Open the motorized cover ASSY (44501-2200).
2 . Open the storage lid (45501-M208) and
remove the pad (44501-M275).
/
/

3 . Loosen the set screw (40370-M008) to


remove the lens adapter (44031-1200).

/ 
4 . Attach the touch sensor calibration jig
(44570-0020).
5 . Press the CHUCK button C HUC K
to
chuck.

/

6 . Connect the connector of the touch sensor
calibration jig (44570-0020) to CN5 (con-
Connector for
nector for the calibration jig) of the USB calibration jig
board (44501-BA13).

USB connector

147
LLE20ARDA002A

7 . Place the weight (44570-M030) as shown


to the right to confirm that the cable is not /
twisted or tangled.
If the cable is off the weight
(44570-M030), route the cable OO
aligning the markings on it to
both ends of the weight
(44570-M303).
OO

Cable Markings

8.7.2 Calibration jig (44570-M020)


1 . Open the motorized cover ASSY (44501-2200).
2 . Attach the calibration jig (44570-M020) to
the lens adapter (44031-1200).


3 . Press the CHUCK button C HUC K
to
chuck.

/

148
LLE20ARDA002A

8.7.3 Size compensation jig (44570-M041)


1 . Open the motorized cover ASSY (44501-2200).
2 . Loosen the set screw (40370-M008) to
remove the lens adapter (44031-1200).

/ 
3 . Attach the size compensation jig (44570-
M401) and fasten it with the set screw
(40370-M008).
4 . Press the CHUCK button C HUC K
to
chuck.

/ /

149
LLE20ARDA002A

8.8 Calibration
8.8.1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration
1 . Attach the calibration jig (44570-M020)
(see 8.7.2 [p148]).
2 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).

/
3 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the
Maintenance screen (see 8.2.2 [p135]).
4 . Press the button.
5 . The RMU calibration automatically starts.
6 . After the RMU calibration is complete, the
LMU calibration starts, then it stops while in
progress.
The LED of the START button
blinks.
7 . “Adjust the feeler position and press
ST RT
A
“appears.
8 . Adjust each feeler ASSY by the following
procedure.
1 ) Left feeler ASSY (44501-4120)
a . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n = 2) on the
shaft (44501-M403) of the left
lens measuring ASSY (44501-
4100).


**˜ / /
/ 
b . Attach the left feeler ASSY
(44501-4120) to the notch of  
the calibration jig (44570-
M020), then lightly press the
left feeler ASSY (44501-4120)
by fingers.
c . Tighten HH4 × 4 (n = 2) to fas-
ten the shaft (44501-M403).
/

150
LLE20ARDA002A

2 ) Right feeler ASSY (44501-4220)


a . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n = 2) on the
shaft (44501-M410) of the
right lens measuring ASSY
(44501-4200).


/ / **˜
 /
b . Attach the right feeler ASSY
(44501-4220) to the notch of  
the calibration jig (44570-
M020), then lightly press the
right feeler ASSY (44501-
4220) by fingers.
c . Tighten HH4 × 4 (n = 2) to fas-
ten the shaft (44501-M410).
9 . If the feeler cannot be attached to the /
notch of the calibration jig (44570-M020)
due to the feeler height misalignment, per-
form adjustment by the following procedure.
1 ) Align the forward/backward position of the feeler to the notch of the calibration jig
(44570-M020) and tighten HH4 × 4 temporarily.
2 ) Press the STOP button ST OP
to stop calibration.
3 ) Perform the LMU calibration (see 8.8.3 [p153]).
10. Press the START button ST RT
A
to restart the calibration.
11 . After the calibration is complete, remove the calibration jig (44570-M020) (see 8.7.2 [p148]).
12. Press the Exit button to return to the layout screen.
13. Perform the following:
1 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
2 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)

151
LLE20ARDA002A

8.8.2 RMU calibration


1 . Attach the calibration jig (44570-M020)
(see 8.7.2 [p148]).
2 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).

/
3 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the
Maintenance screen (see 8.2.2 [p135]).
4 . Press the button to perform the
RMU calibration.
5 . After the calibration is complete, remove
the calibration jig (44570-M020) (see 8.7.2
[p148]).
6 . Press the Exit button to return to the lay-
out screen.

152
LLE20ARDA002A

8.8.3 LMU calibration


1 . Attach the calibration jig (44570-M020)
(see 8.7.2 [p148]).
2 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).

/
3 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the
Maintenance screen (see 8.2.2 [p135]).
4 . Press the button.
5 . The LMU calibration starts, then it stops
while in progress.
6 . “Adjust the feeler position and press
ST RT
A
“appears.

7 . Adjust each feeler ASSY by the following


procedure.
1 ) Left feeler ASSY (44501-4120)
a . Loosen HH4 × 4 on the shaft
(44501-M403) of the left lens
measuring ASSY (44501-
4100).


**˜ / /
/ 
b . Attach the left feeler ASSY
(44501-4120) to the notch of  
the calibration jig (44570-
M020), then lightly press the
left feeler ASSY (44501-4120)
by fingers.
c . Tighten HH4 × 4 to fasten the
shaft (44501-M403).
/

153
LLE20ARDA002A

2 ) Right feeler ASSY (44501-4220)


a . Loosen HH4 × 4 on the shaft
(44501-M410) of the right lens
measuring ASSY (44501-
4200).


/ / **˜
 /
b . Attach the right feeler ASSY
(44501-4220) to the notch of  
the calibration jig (44570-
M020), then lightly press the
right feeler ASSY (44501-
4220) by fingers.
c . Tighten HH4 × 4 to fasten the
shaft (44501-M410).
8 . If the feeler cannot be attached to the /
notch of the calibration jig (44570-M020)
due to the feeler height misalignment, per-
form adjustment by the following procedure.
1 ) Align the forward/backward position of the feeler to the notch of the calibration jig
(44570-M020) and tighten HH4 × 4 temporarily.
2 ) Press the STOP button ST OP
to stop the calibration.
3 ) Perform the procedure as in LMU (see 8.8.3 [p153]).
9 . Press the START button ST RT
A
to restart the calibration.
10. After the calibration is complete, remove the calibration jig (44570-M020) (see 8.7.2 [p148]).
11 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout screen.
12. Perform the following:
1 ) Feeler Height (See 8.10 [p158].)
2 ) Feeler Axis (See 8.11 [p160].)

154
LLE20ARDA002A

8.8.4 RMU size calibration


1 . Attach the size compensation jig (44570-
M041) (see 8.7.3 [p149]).
2 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).

/ /
3 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the
Maintenance screen (see 8.2.2 [p135]).
4 . Press the button.
5 . After six types of diameters of the size
compensation jig (44570-M041) are mea-
sured, the calibration is complete.
6 . Press the Exit button to return to the lay-
out screen.
7 . Remove the size compensation jig
(44570-M041) (see 8.7.3 [p149]).

8.8.5 Hole depth calibration


1 . Remove the lens and jig from the chuck, but leave the end mill (40350-M372) in place.
2 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
3 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the
Maintenance screen (see 8.2.2 [p135]).

4 . Press the button.


5 . The end mill moves to the drilling position
and the right lens measuring ASSY
(44501-4200) measures the position of the
drill bit.

155
LLE20ARDA002A

8.9 Touch Sensor Calibration


1 . When the touch sensor calibration is performed, the values of all the parameters
related to the calibrated item are set to 0.00 (see [p253]).
2 . After the calibration is complete, set the parameter values to 0.00 when writing
Caution
data to the EEPROM.
3 . If the calibration is stopped while in progress, the parameter values cannot be set
to 0.00.

8.9.1 Wheel calibration


1 . Attach the touch sensor calibration jig
(44570-0020) (see 8.7.1 [p147]).
2 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).

/

3 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the
Maintenance screen (see 8.2.2 [p135]).
4 . Confirm that the touch sensor calibration
jig (44570-0020) operates properly by the
following procedure.
1 ) Press “Verify” of the but-
ton.
2 ) Lightly touch the touch block of the
touch sensor calibration jig (44570-
0020) by hand.
3 ) Confirm that a beep sounds when
the sensor detects the touch.
5 . Perform the calibration by the following procedure.
1 ) Press the button, then button.
2 ) “Touch the top of calibration jig 3 times.” appears in the information bar.
3 ) Pushing the touch block of the touch sensor calibration jig (44570-0020) three times
starts calibration.
6 . After the calibration is complete, remove the touch sensor calibration jig (44570-0020) (see
8.7.1 [p147]).

156
LLE20ARDA002A

8.9.2 Drill unit calibration


1 . Wipe clean the area of the processing
ASSY (44501-3300 or 44501-330A) where
the touch sensor calibration jig (44570-
0020) contacts.

Contact area

2 . Attach the touch sensor calibration jig


(44570-0020) (see 8.7.1 [p147]).
3 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).

/

4 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the
Maintenance screen (see 8.2.2 [p135]).
5 . Confirm that the touch sensor calibration
jig (44570-0020) operates properly by the
following procedure.
1 ) Press “Verify” of the but-
ton.
2 ) Lightly touch the touch block of the
touch sensor calibration jig (44570-
0020) by hand
3 ) Confirm that a beep sounds when
the sensor detects the touch.
6 . Perform the calibration by the following procedure.
1 ) Press the button, then button.
2 ) “Touch the top of calibration jig 3 times.” appears in the information bar.
3 ) Pushing the touch block of the touch sensor calibration jig (44570-0020) three times
starts calibration.
7 . After the calibration is complete, remove the touch sensor calibration jig (44570-0020) (see
8.7.1 [p147]).

157
LLE20ARDA002A

8.10 Feeler Height


8.10.1 Feeler height check
1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen and process lenses.
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Nylor
3 ) Mode: Flat
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B: None
6 ) Layout: Passive
7 ) Size: 0.00

3 . Measure a lens by the following procedure.


1 ) Block the pliable cup (40370-M094
or 40370-M095) to the measure-
Notch
ment trace check jig (40396-M021).
2 ) Lightly apply the grease (I-40) to the
surface without the pliable cup.
3 ) Set the measurement trace check jig
(40396-M021) to the lens adapter of
the instrument, then press the /
START button ST RT
A
.
4 ) Confirm that the lens measurement
is complete, press the STOP button
ST OP
. Pliable cup
4 . Check the lens measurement position by
the following procedure.
1 ) Remove the measurement trace check jig (40396-M021) from the lens adapter.
2 ) Measure the outer diameter of the
trace on the grease-applied surface
/
of the measurement trace check jig
(40396-M021).
3 ) Confirm that the trace diameter is
45.00 ±0.1 mm.
4 ) If it is not, adjust the feeler height
(see 8.10.2 [p159]). Trace

rOO

158
LLE20ARDA002A

8.10.2 Feeler height adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab.
3 . Select “Adjustment”, then “Feeler”.

4 . Change the feeler height by the following


procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for “Feeler
height”.
The numeric keypad appears.
2 ) If the measured value is more than
45.00 mm, decrease it.
/
3 ) If the measured value is less than
45.00 mm, increase it.
4 ) After entering a numeric value,
press .
5 . Confirm the feeler height again (see
8.10.1 [p158]). Trace
6 . Repeat the procedure above until the
trace diameter becomes 45.00 ±0.1 mm.

rOO

159
LLE20ARDA002A

8.11 Feeler Axis


8.11.1 Feeler axis check
1 . Load the 45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen and process lenses.
1 ) Flat edging
a . Lens: CR39
b . Frame: Nylor
c . Mode: Flat
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: None
f . Layout: Passive
g . Size: 0.00

3 . Measure a lens by the following proce-


dure.
1 ) Block the pliable cup (40370-M094
or 40370-M095) to the measure-
Notch
ment trace check jig (40396-M021).
2 ) Lightly apply the grease (I-40) to the
surface without the pliable cup.
3 ) Set the measurement trace check jig
(40396-M021) to the lens adapter of
the instrument, then press the /
START button ST RT
A
.
4 ) Confirm that the lens measurement
is complete, press the STOP button
ST OP
. Pliable cup
4 . Check the trace tilt of the feeler by the fol-
lowing procedure.
1 ) Remove the measurement trace check jig (40396-M021) from the lens adapter.
2 ) Confirm that the trace on the
grease-applied surface and the /
marking-off line of the measurement
trace check jig (40396-M021) are Notch of the
parallel. pliable cup
5 . If they are not, adjust the feeler axis (see
8.11.2 [p161]). Trace

160
LLE20ARDA002A

8.11.2 Feeler axis adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab.
3 . Select “Adjustment”, then “Feeler”.
4 . Change the feeler height by the following
procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for “Feeler
height”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.1 increments.

2 ) If the trace rises up to the right,


decrease the numeric value. /

Notch of the
pliable cup

Trace

3 ) If the trace drops down to the right,


increase the numeric value. /
4 ) After entering a numeric value,
press . Notch of the
pliable cup

Trace

5 . Confirm the feeler height again (see


8.10.1 [p158]).
6 . Repeat the procedure above until the
trance and the marking-off line of the mea- /
surement trace check jig (40396-M021)
become parallel. Notch of the
pliable cup

Trace

161
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12 Processing Adjustment


1 . Change the Size value on the layout screen to enable one lens to be processed several
times.
Caution If a processing size is specified in adjustment procedure, give precedence to it.
1 ) For the ø45 internal data: Enter a numeric value with 9.00 mm added to the size indi-
cated on the layout screen.
2 ) For the 45 internal data: Enter a numeric value with 6.00 mm added to the size indi-
cated on the layout screen.
2 . Change the size for the second processing and later by the following procedure.
1 ) For beveling: Enter a numeric value with 4.00 mm subtracted from the size indicated
on the layout screen.
2 ) For flat edging: Enter a numeric value with 2.00 mm subtracted from the size indi-
cated on the layout screen.
3 . Enter the parameter values in the following increments.
1 ) For the size or position parameters: 0.01 mm increments
2 ) For the axis angle parameter: 0.01º increments

8.12.1 Loading shape for adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Maintenance tab on the menu
screen.

3 . Load the desired internal data by pressing


any of the Shape for adjustment buttons as below:
1) button: ø45 internal data
2) button: 45 internal data
3) button: Rectangle 50 × 25 internal data
4) button: Internal data for processing test
5) button: Internal data for hole check
6) button: Internal data for hole diameter adjustment
7) button: Internal data for hole position adjustment
8) button: Internal data for front surface offset
9) button: Internal data for hole depth adjustment

162
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.2 Settings in guided processing


8.12.2.1 Guided beveling
1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Set a lens to the lens adapter.
3 . Press the CHUCK button C HUC K
to chuck the lens.
4 . Press the START button ST RT
A
to start processing.
5 . Wait until the screen shown to the right is
displayed.
6 . Processing stops temporarily.

7 . Select “Curve”.
8 . Select “Ratio” → “5 : 5”.

9 . Confirm that the settings are as follows:


1 ) Curve: 5:5
2 ) Position: 0.0
3 ) Tilt: 0.0

163
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.2.2 Guided processing for nylor frames


1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Set a lens to the lens adapter.
3 . Press the CHUCK button C HUC K
to chuck the lens.
4 . Press the START button ST RT
A
to start processing.
5 . Wait until the screen shown to the right is
displayed.
6 . Processing stops temporarily.

7 . Select “Curve”.
8 . Select “Ratio” → “5 : 5 “.

9 . Confirm that the settings are as follows:


1 ) Curve: 5:5
2 ) Position: 0.0
3 ) Tilt: 0.0
10. Change the settings for the following items
as necessary.
1 ) Depth
2 ) Width
Be sure to set “Width” to
a value of 0.6 or more.

164
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.3 Finish size


8.12.3.1 Finish size check
1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen and process lenses.
Caution Use one lens each for beveling and flat edging.

Lens material: As specified by the parameter


Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Beveling
a . Lens: As specified by the
parameter
b . Frame: Metal
c . Mode: Auto
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: None
f . Layout: Active

2 ) Flat edging
a . Lens: As specified by the
parameter
b . Frame: Nylor
c . Mode: Flat
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: None
f . Layout: Active

3 . After the processing is complete, measure the diameter of each lens to confirm that it is
within the specified range as below.
1 ) Beveling: ø45.0 ±0.05 mm
rOO

2 ) Flat edging: ø45.0 ±0.10 mm


rOO
When measuring the
diameter of the flat-
Caution edged lens, measure
the length between the
edges on the lens front.
4 . If the diameters of the beveled and flat-edged lenses are not within the specified ranges,
adjust the finish size (see 8.12.3.2 [p166]).

165
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.3.2 Finish size adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab.
3 . Select “Adjustment”, then “Size”.
4 . Select “Finish size”.
5 . Change the parameter settings by the fol-
lowing procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for each
parameter.
a . CR39, Bevel
b . CR39, Flat
c . Hi-index, Bevel
d . Hi-index, Flat
e . Polyca./Acrylic, Bevel
f . Polyca./Acrylic, Flat
g . Trivex, Bevel
h . Trivex, Flat
i . Urethane, Bevel
j . Urethane, Flat
k . Glass, Bevel
l . Glass, Flat
The numeric keypad appears.
Change the parameter value in 0.01 increments.
2 ) If the lens diameter is larger than the specified value, decrease the parameter value.
When the finish size is 46 mm, enter a value obtained by “parameter
value + (45 - 46)”.
3 ) If the lens diameter is smaller than the specified value, increase the parameter value.
When the finish size is 44 mm, enter a value obtained by “parameter
value + (45 - 44).
4 ) After entering a numeric value with the numeric keypad, press .
6 . Process lenses again.
Select the same processing conditions as those for finish size check (see
8.12.3.1 [p165]).
7 . After processing, measure each lens diameter to confirm it is within the specified range as
below.
Conform the size of every lens to either the positive measurement tolerance or
the negative.
1 ) Beveling: ø45.0 ±0.05 mm
rOO

2 ) Flat edging: ø45.0 ±0.10 mm


rOO
When measuring the
diameter of the flat-
edged lens, measure
the length between the
edges on the lens front.
8 . Repeat the procedure above until the lens diameter is within the specified range.

166
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.4 Groove position


8.12.4.1 Groove position check
1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen and process a lens.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Nylor
3 ) Mode: Guide
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . Press the START button ST RT


A
and select
processing conditions for guided process-
ing for nylor frames (see 8.12.2.2 [p164]).

4 . Set the parameter values as follows:


1 ) Depth: 0.3
2 ) Width: 0.6
5 . Press the START button ST RT
A
again to
restart processing.

6 . After processing, confirm that the groove


is in the center of the lens edge.
7 . If the groove is not in the center of the
edge, adjust the groove position (see 
8.12.4.2 [p168]).

167
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.4.2 Groove position adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab (see 8.2.3 [p137]).
3 . Select “Adjustment”.
4 . Select “Groove position” and change the
Groove position parameter (gray back-
ground) value.
Do not change the value of the
Groove position parameter
Caution
with white letters and purple
background.

5 . Change the parameter settings by the fol-


lowing procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for each parameter.
The numeric keypad appears.
Change the parameter value in 0.01 increments.
2 ) To move the groove position toward
the lens rear, increase the parame-
ter value.
3 ) To move the groove position toward 
the lens front, decrease the parame-
ter value.

6 . Process the lens again.


Select the same processing conditions as those for groove position check (see
8.12.4.1 [p167]).
7 . After processing, confirm that the groove is in the center of the lens edge.
8 . Repeat the procedure above until the groove is positioned in the center of the edge.

168
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.5 Groove depth


8.12.5.1 Groove depth check
1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen and process a lens.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Nylor
3 ) Mode: Guide
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B: None
6 ) Layout: Passive
3 . Press the START button ST RT
A
and select
processing conditions for guided process-
ing for nylor frames (see 8.12.2.2 [p164]).

4 . Set the parameter values as follows:


1 ) Depth: 0.0
2 ) Width: 0.6
5 . Press the START button ST RT
A
again to
restart processing.

6 . After processing, confirm that a groove



trace slightly remains on the edge (the
groove depth indicated by “a” is within
0.10 mm). 
7 . If the groove depth is not within 0.10 mm,
adjust it (see 8.12.5.2 [p170]).

169
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.5.2 Groove depth adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab (see 8.2.3 [p137]).
3 . Select “Adjustment”.
4 . Select “Groove position” and change the
Depth parameter value.
Do not change the value of the
Caution Depth parameter with purple
background.
1 ) Press the numeric field for “Groove
depth adjustment”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.
2 ) If the groove trace on the edge is not

slight (the groove depth indicated by
“a” is not within 0.10 mm), decrease
the value for the Depth parameter 
(with gray background).
3 ) If there is no groove trace on the
edge, increase the value for the
Depth parameter (with gray background).
5 . Process the lens again.
Select the same processing conditions as those for groove depth check (see
8.12.5.1 [p169]).
6 . After processing, confirm that the groove trace slightly remains on the edge (the groove
depth indicated by “a” is within 0.10 mm).
7 . Repeat the procedure above until a groove trace slightly remains on the edge (the groove
depth indicated by “a” is within 0.10 mm).

170
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.6 Groove axis


8.12.6.1 Groove axis check
1 . Load the 45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on
the layout screen.
Lens material: As specified by
the parameter
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens:
a . CR39/Hi-index
b . Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex
2 ) Frame: Nylor
3 ) Mode: Auto
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B: None
6 ) Layout: Passive
3 . After processing, confirm that the groove
#
depth is the same when viewed from A
and B as shown to the right.

Groove

Notch of the lens cup

1 ) Viewed from A
Groove depth

Viewed from A

2 ) Viewed from B
4 . If the groove depth differs, adjust the Groove depth
groove axis (see Section 8.12.6.2 [p172]).

Viewed from B

171
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.6.2 Groove axis adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab (see 8.2.3 [p137]).
3 . Select “Adjustment”.
4 . Select “Axis” and change the settings of
the Groove axis parameters.
1 ) CR39/Hi-index
2 ) Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex

5 . Change each parameter value so that the


#
groove depth becomes the same when
viewed from A and B as shown to the
right.
1 ) Press the numeric field for each Groove
parameter.
The numeric keypad $
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre- Notch of the lens cup
ments.

2 ) To deepen the groove as viewed


from A, decrease the parameter Groove depth
value.

Viewed from A

3 ) To deepen the groove as viewed


from B, increase the parameter Groove depth
value.
6 . Process the lens again.
Select the same pro-
cessing conditions as
those for the groove axis
check (see 8.12.6.1
[p171]). Viewed from A
7 . Confirm that the groove depth is the same
when viewed from A and B.
8 . Repeat the procedure above until the groove depth becomes the same when viewed from A
and B.

172
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.7 Bevel position


8.12.7.1 Bevel position check
1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on
the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Edge thickness: 2 mm or less
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Metal
3 ) Mode: Guide
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B: None
6 ) Layout: Passive
3 . Press the START button ST RT
A
and select the
settings for guided beveling (see 8.12.2.1
[p163]).
4 . Press the START button ST RT
A
again to restart the processing.
5 . After processing, visually confirm that the
bevel is positioned in the center of the
edge. Front Rear
6 . If it is not, adjust the bevel position (see surface surface
8.12.7.2 [p174]).

173
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.7.2 Bevel position adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab.
3 . Select “Adjustment”, then “Bevel position”.
4 . Change the numeric value for finishing by
the following procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for “Finish”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.

2 ) To move the bevel position toward Decrease Increase


the lens front, decrease the parame-
ter value.
3 ) To move the bevel position toward Front Rear
the lens rear, increase the parame-
ter value.
In guided beveling, if the bevel position moves forward and backward
Caution
near the center of the edge, position the bevel close to the front.
4 ) Enter a numeric value with the numeric keypad, press .
5 . Process the lens again.
Select the same processing conditions as those for bevel position check (see
8.12.7.1 [p173]).
6 . After processing, visually confirm that the
bevel is positioned in the center of the
edge. Front Rear
7 . Repeat the procedure above until the
bevel is positioned in the center of the
edge.

174
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.8 Axis
8.12.8.1 When axis adjustment jig is used
8.12.8.1.1 Axis check
1 . Load the 45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Block a lens with a pliable cup (40370-
M094 or 40370-M095).
Lens material: As specified by /
the parameter /
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens

3 . Select processing conditions as follows on


the layout screen and process lenses.
1 ) Flat edging
a . Lens:
CR39
Polyca.
Glass
b . Frame: Nylor
c . Mode: Flat
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: None
f . Layout: Passive

1 ) Beveling
a . Lens:
CR39
Polyca
Glass
b . Frame: Metal
c . Mode: Auto
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: None
f . Layout: Passive
4 . After processing, attach the lens to the axis
adjustment jig (40300-1530).
5 . Confirm that the lens is parallel to the
marking-off lines of the axis adjustment jig
(40300-1530).
Specs: Tilt is within ±0.7º.
Lens
6 . If the axis angle is not within the specified
range, adjust the axis (see 8.12.8.2.2
40300-1530
[p178]).

175
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.8.1.2 Axis adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab.
3 . Select “Adjustment”, then “Axis”.
4 . Select “Finish axis” and change the
parameter settings by the following proce-
dure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for each
parameter of “Finish axis” as below.
a . CR39/Hi-index, Bevel
b . CR39/Hi-index, Flat
c . Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Ure-
thane, Bevel
d . Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Ure-
thane, Flat
e . Glass, Bevel
f . Glass, Flat
The numeric keypad appears.
Change the parameter value in 0.1 increments.
2 ) If the lens rises up to the right when
it is attached to the axis adjustment
jig (40300-1530), increase the
Lens
parameter value.

40300-1530

3 ) If the lens drops down to the right


when viewed from the lens front,
decrease the parameter value.
4 ) After entering a numeric value with
Lens
the numeric keypad, press .
5 . Process the lens again.
Select the same processing
Se
conditions as those for axis 40300-1530
check (see 8.12.8.1.1 [p175]).
6 . Confirm that the lens is parallel to the
marking-off lines of the axis adjustment jig
(40300-1530).
Specs: Tilt is within ±0.7º.
Conform the axis angle of Lens
every lens to either the posi-
tive measurement tolerance or 40300-1530
the negative.
7 . Repeat the procedure above until the lens
tilt is within the specified range.

176
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.8.2 When axis adjustment jig is not used


8.12.8.2.1 Axis check
1 . Draw a horizontal line on a lens.
2 . Block a pliable cup (40370-M094 or Horizontal line
40370-M095) aligning it to the horizontal
line on the lens.
Lens material: As specified by
the parameter Pliable cup
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
3 . Load the 45 internal data (see 8.12.1
[p162]).
4 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen and process lenses.
1 ) Flat edging
a . Lens:
CR39
Polyca.
Glass
b . Frame: Nylor
c . Mode: Flat
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: None
f . Layout: Passive

1 ) Beveling
a . Lens:
CR39
Polyca.
Glass
b . Frame: Metal
c . Mode: Auto
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: None
f . Layout: Passive

5 . Place the lens on graph paper so that the


notch of the pliable cup (40370-M094 or
40370-M095) faces up as shown to the Graph paper
right. Notch
6 . Confirm that the horizontal line drawn on
the lens is parallel to the lines on the
Horizontal line
graph paper.
Specs: Tilt is within ±0.7º. Pliable cup

7 . If the axis angle is not within the specified Lens


range, adjust the axis (see 8.12.8.2.2
[p178]).

177
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.8.2.2 Axis adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab.
3 . Select “Adjustment”, then “Axis”.
4 . Select “Finish axis” and change the
parameter settings by the following proce-
dure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for each
parameter of “Finish axis” as below.
a . CR39/Hi-index, Bevel
b . CR39/Hi-index, Flat
c . Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Ure-
thane, Bevel
d . Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Ure-
thane, Flat
e . Glass, Bevel
f . Glass, Flat
The numeric keypad appears.
Change the parameter value in 0.1 increments.
2 ) If the horizontal line rises up to the
right as viewed from the lens front,
increase the parameter value. Graph paper

Notch

Horizontal line

Pliable cup

Lens

3 ) If the horizontal line drops down to


the right as viewed from the lens
front, decrease the parameter value. Graph paper

5 . Process the lens again. Notch


Select the same processing
conditions as those for axis Horizontal line
check (see 8.12.8.1.1 [p175]).
Pliable cup

Lens

6 . Confirm that the horizontal line drawn on


the lens is parallel to the lines on the
graph paper. Graph paper
Specs: Tilt is within ±0.7º. Notch
Conform the axis angle of
every lens to either the posi-
Horizontal line
tive measurement tolerance or
the negative. Pliable cup
7 . Repeat the procedure above until the lens
Lens
tilt is within the specified range.

178
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.9 Safety beveling wheel


8.12.9.1 Safety beveling wheel position check
1 . Press the Menu button on the layout
screen.

2 . Press the Grinding tab to select “SFB set-


ting”.
3 . Select “Small” and confirm that each
parameter is set as follows:
1 ) Rear, Bevel: 0.3
2 ) Front, Bevel: 0.3 Exec
3 ) Rear, Flat: 0.3
4 ) Front, Flat: 0.3

4 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).


5 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter:-3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Beveling
a . Lens: CR39
b . Frame: Metal
c . Mode: Guide
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: Small
f . Layout: Passive

179
LLE20ARDA002A

2 ) Flat edging
a . Lens: CR39
b . Frame: Nylor
c . Mode: Flat
d . Polish: None
e . S.F.B: Small
f . Layout: Passive

6 . Press the START button ST RT


A
to start pro-
cessing.
When guided beveling a lens, select the settings for guided beveling (see
8.12.2.1 [p163]).
7 . After processing, measure the safety bevel width and confirm that it is within the specified
range as below.
1 ) Safety bevel width on the lens front:
0.3 ±0.09 mm Flat edge
2 ) Safety bevel width on the lens rear: 㪇㪅㪊

㪇㪅㪊
0.3 ±0.09 mm
* Specs: Set value ±30% or ±0.15
mm Lens front Lens rear

Flat edge

㪇㪅㪊
㪇㪅㪊

Lens front Lens rear

8 . When a thin, beveled lens is safety beveled, a preventive function works as described
below.
1 ) If bevel shoulders are not wide Bevel
enough, a preventive function auto-
matically works so that safety bevel- 㪇㪅㪊
㪇㪅㪊

ing does not interfere with the bevel.

Shoulders

2 ) When the preventive function works, Bevel


safety bevel width is reduced.
3 ) While the preventive function works, 㪇㪅㪊
h
dt
wi

the position of the safety beveling


d
ce

wheel cannot be adjusted properly.


du
Re

Shoulders

180
LLE20ARDA002A

4 ) When performing the adjustment


Bevel
using a thin lens, shift the bevel
position in guide mode to obtain a 㪇㪅㪊
sufficient shoulder width and check
safety bevel width for each lens sur-
face. Shoulder

9 . If the safety bevel width is not within the specified range, adjust the position of the safety
beveling wheel (see 8.12.9.2 [p182]).

181
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.9.2 Safety beveling wheel position adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab to select “SFB set-
ting”.
3 . Select “Wheel position”.
4 . Change the parameter settings by the fol-
lowing procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for each
parameter.
a . Rear, Flat
b . Front, Flat
c . Rear, Bevel
d . Front, Bevel
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.
2 ) To increase the safety bevel amount, increase the parameter value.
3 ) To decrease the safety bevel amount, decrease the parameter value.
5 . Process the lens again.
Select the same processing conditions as those for finish size check (see
8.12.3.1 [p165]).
6 . After processing, measure the safety bevel width and confirm that it is within the specified
range as below.
1 ) Safety bevel width on the lens front:
0.3 ±0.09 mm
Flat
2 ) Safety bevel width on the lens rear:
㪇㪅㪊
0.3 ±0.09 mm 㪇㪅㪊
Specs: Set value ±30%
or ±0.15 mm
Lens front Lens rear

7 . Repeat the procedure above until the Bevel


safety bevel width is within the specified
range.
㪇㪅㪊
㪇㪅㪊

Lens front Lens rear

182
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.10 SFB axis


8.12.10.1 SFB axis check
1 . Load the 45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]) (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen and process lenses.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Nylor
3 ) Mode: Flat
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B: Small
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . Confirm that the safety bevel amounts on


both sides of the lens front and rear sur-
faces are the same when viewed from the
direction of the arrow as shown to the
right.

Notch of the lens cup

1 ) Lens front

Safety-beveled Safety-beveled
area on the left area on the right
Notch of the lens cup

2 ) Lens rear Safety-beveled area Safety-beveled area


4 . If the safety bevel amounts on the upper on the left on the right
right and left of each lens surface are not
the same, adjust the SFB axis (see
8.12.10.2 [p184]).

Notch of the lens cup

183
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.10.2 SFB axis adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133])
2 . Press the Grinding tab
3 . Select “SFB setting”, then “SFB axis”.

4 . While viewing the lens from the direction


of the arrow, change the Front, Flat value
by the following procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for “Front,
Flat”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments. Notch of the lens cup

2 ) To increase the safety bevel amount


on the right, increase the parameter
value.
3 ) To increase the safety bevel amount
on the left, decrease the parameter
Safety-beveled
value. Safety-beveled
area on the right
area on the left
Notch of the lens cup

5 . While viewing the lens from the direction


of the arrow, change the Rear, Flat value.
1 ) Press the numeric field for “Rear, Flat”.
The numeric keypad appears.
Change the parameter value in 0.01 increments.
2 ) To increase the safety bevel amount Safety-beveled area on Safety-beveled area on
on the right, increase the parameter the left the right
value.
3 ) To increase the safety bevel amount
on the left, decrease the parameter
value.

Notch of the lens cup

184
LLE20ARDA002A

6 . Process the lens again.


Select the same processing conditions as those for SFB axis check (see
8.12.10.1 [p183]).
7 . Confirm that the safety bevel amounts on
both sides of the lens front and rear sur-
faces are the same when viewed from the
direction of the arrow as shown to the
right.

Notch of the lens cup

1 ) Lens front

Safety-beveled Safety-beveled
area on the left area on the right
Notch of the lens cup

2 ) Lens rear Safety-beveled area Safety-beveled area


on the left on the right

Notch of the lens cup


8 . Repeat the procedure above until the
safety bevel amounts on the right and left become almost the same.
9 . After adjustment, change the parameter
settings as follows:
1 ) Enter the value for “Rear, Flat” into
the numeric field for “Rear, Bevel”.
2 ) Enter the value for “Front, Flat” into
the numeric field for “Front, Bevel”.

185
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.11 Hole
8.12.11.1 Hole check
1 . Load the internal data for hole check (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Confirm that processing conditions are
selected as follows on the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Two Point
3 ) Mode: Hole
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . Confirm that the ø2.0 pin gauge (40395-


M202) can be inserted into the hole in
position 9 smoothly.
4 . If it cannot be, perform the following:
1 ) Hole diameter adjustment (See
8.12.11.2 [p188].)

5 . Confirm that the holes in positions 1 to 3


are as described below:
1 ) No hole is drilled in position 1.
2 ) A hole is slightly made on the lens
surface in position 2.
3 ) A hole is drilled in position 3.
6 . If they are not, perform the following:
1 ) Hole depth adjustment (See
8.12.11.3 [p189].)

7 . For the holes in positions 4 to 6 and 10 to


12, measure the lengths indicated by A
and B with a vernier caliper and confirm
that the difference between them is within
0.1 mm.
㪘 㪙
8 . If it is not, perform the following. 㪣
1 ) Drill axis adjustment (See 8.12.11.4
[p191].)

186
LLE20ARDA002A

9 . For the holes in positions 4 to 6, measure


the length indicated by L with a vernier cal-
iper and confirm that it is 37.0 ±0.1 mm.
10. If it is not, perform the following.
1 ) Drill hole vertical position adjustment
㪘 㪙
(See 8.12.11.5 [p193].) 㪣

11 . For the holes in positions 4 to 6 and 10 to


12, measure the lengths indicated by C 㪚 㪛
and D with a vernier caliper and confirm
that the difference between them is within
0.1 mm.
12. If it is not, perform the following.
1 ) Drill arm origin (See 8.12.11.6
[p195].)

13. Confirm that the holes in positions 7 and 8


Lens front
appear as one on the lens front surface.
a . Position 7: Hole of simple tilt
0.0° Depending on the
b . Position 8: Hole of simple tilt  instrument, holes “a”
30.0° and “b” may be
14. If they do not, perform the following. misaligned like .
1 ) Front surface offset (See 8.12.11.7 
[p196].)

Holes “a” and “b” appear as one.

187
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.11.2 Hole diameter adjustment


1 . Load the internal data for hole diameter adjustment (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Confirm that processing conditions are
selected as follows on the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Two Point
3 ) Mode: Hole
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . After processing, confirm that the ø2.0 pin


gauge (40396-M202) can be inserted into
hole 1 smoothly.

4 . If it cannot be, change the hole diameter


by the following procedure.

1 ) Find a hole into which the ø2.0 pin  

Hole No. Diameter (mm) Compensation value


gauge (40396-M202) can be inserted
1 2.00 0.0
smoothly from among holes 2 to 7.
2 2.02 +0.02
The table to the right
3 2.04 +0.04
indicates compensation
4 2.06 +0.06
values corresponding to
5 2.08 +0.08
the diameters of holes 1
6 2.10 +0.10
to 7 each.
7 2.12 +0.12

2 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).


3 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.
4 ) Select “Hole” and press the numeric
field for “Diameter adjustment”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.
5 ) Add a compensation value to the
diameter adjustment value depend-
ing on the hole into which the ø2.0 pin gauge (40396-M202) can be inserted.
6 ) Repeat the procedure above until the ø2.0 pin gauge (40396-M202) can be inserted
into hole 1 smoothly.

188
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.11.3 Hole depth adjustment


1 . Load the internal data for hole depth adjustment (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Confirm that processing conditions are
selected as follows on the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Two Point
3 ) Mode: Hole
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . After processing, confirm that the holes


drilled in the lens are as described below.
Holes are not drilled through
because the hole depths are
specified.
1 ) No holes are drilled in positions 1 to
3.
2 ) A hole is slightly made on the lens
surface in position 4.
3 ) Holes are drilled in positions 5 to 7.
4 . If seven holes are drilled or no hole is
drilled, change the parameter value by the following procedure.
1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133])
2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.
3 ) Add a value to the Depth adjustment
value as described below.

a . If seven holes are drilled, add


–0.5 to the Depth adjustment
value.

189
LLE20ARDA002A

b . If no hole is drilled, add +0.5 to


the Depth adjustment value.

5 . Process a lens in the same processing


conditions again.
6 . Change the Depth adjustment value by the following procedure.
1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133])
2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.

3 ) Add a compensation value to the  

Number of holes Compensation value


Depth adjustment value depending
6 -0.2
on the number of holes.
5 -0.1
4 0.0
3 +0.1
2 +0.2
1 +0.3

7 . Repeat the procedure above until the fol-


lowing conditions are met.
Holes are not drilled through
because the hole depths are
specified.
1 ) No holes are drilled in positions 1 to
3.
2 ) A hole is slightly made on the lens
surface in position 4.
3 ) Holes are drilled in positions 5 to 7.

190
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.11.4 Drill axis adjustment


1 . Load the internal data for hole position adjustment (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Confirm that processing conditions are
selected as follows on the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Two Point
3 ) Mode: Hole
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . After processing, measure the lengths


indicated by A and B with a vernier caliper
and confirm that the difference between
them is within 0.1 mm.
㪘 㪙

4 . If it is not, change the Hole/Slot reference value by the following procedure.


1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.
3 ) Select “Hole” and press the numeric
field for “Hole/Slot reference”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.

4 ) When the A length is less than the B


length, increase the Hole/Slot refer-
ence value.

㪘 㪙

191
LLE20ARDA002A

5 ) When the A length is greater than the


B length, decrease the Hole/Slot ref-
erence value.

㪘 㪙

5 . Repeat the procedure above until the dif-


ference in length between A and B is
within 0.1 mm.

㪘 㪙

192
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.11.5 Drill hole vertical position adjustment


1 . Load the internal data for hole position adjustment (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Confirm that processing conditions are
selected as follows on the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Two Point
3 ) Mode: Hole
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . After processing, measure the length indi-


cated by L with a vernier caliper and con-
firm that it is 37.0 ±0.1 mm.

4 . If it is not, change the Drill hole vertical


position value by the following procedure.
1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.
3 ) Select “Hole” and press the numeric
field for “Drill hole vertical position”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.

4 ) When the L length is less than 36.9,


add a value obtained by “(37.0 - L)/
2” to the Drill hole vertical position
value.

193
LLE20ARDA002A

5 ) When the L length is greater than


37.1, subtract a value obtained by
“(L – 37.0)/2” from the Drill hole ver-
tical position value.
5 . Repeat the procedure above until the L

length becomes 37.0 ±0.1 mm.

194
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.11.6 Drill arm origin


1 . Load the internal data for hole position adjustment (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Confirm that processing conditions are
selected as follows on the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Two Point
3 ) Mode: Hole
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . After processing, measure the lengths indi-


cated by C and D with a vernier caliper and 㪚 㪛
confirm that the difference between them is
within 0.1 mm.

4 . If it is not, change the Drill arm origin value by the following procedure.
1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.
3 ) Select “Hole” and press the numeric
field for “Drill arm origin”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.
4 ) Add a value obtained by “(D – C)/2”
to the Drill arm origin value.

5 . Repeat the procedure above until the difference in length between C and D is within 0.1
mm.

195
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.11.7 Front surface offset


1 . Load the internal data for hole position adjustment (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Confirm that processing conditions are
selected as follows on the layout screen.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Two Point
3 ) Mode: Hole
4 ) Polish: None
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . After processing, find a hole where holes


“a” and “b” appear as one from among
holes 1 to 7 when viewed from the lens
front.

1 ) a: Hole of simple tilt 0.0°


2 ) b: Hole of simple tilt 30.0° C
Depending on the instru-
ment, holes “a” and “b”
Holes “a” and “b”
may be misaligned like appear as one.
.
D
Lens front

4 . If it is not possible to find such a hole as described above from among holes 1 to 7, change
the Front surface offset value by the following procedure.
1 ) If a hole condition is as shown to the
right, add -0.6 to the Front surface D
offset value.
Depending on the instru- C
ment, holes “a” and “b” Holes “a”
may be misaligned like and “b” are mis-
. aligned as above.
Lens front

196
LLE20ARDA002A

2 ) If a hole condition is as shown to the


right, add +0.6 to the Front surface C
offset value.
Depending on the instru-
D
ment, holes “a” and “b”
Holes “a”
may be misaligned like and “b” are mis-
. aligned as above.
Lens front

5 . Process a lens in the same processing conditions again and find a hole where holes “a” and
“b” appear as one from among holes 1 to 7 when viewed from the lens front.
6 . Change the Front surface offset value depending on the number of the hole where holes “a”
and “b” appear as one by the following procedure.
1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.
3 ) Select “Hole” and press the numeric
field for “Front surface offset”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.1 increments.

4 ) Add a compensation value to the  

Hole No. Compensation value


Front surface offset value depending
7 -0.3
on the number of the hole where
6 -0.2
holes “a” and “b” appear as one.
5 -0.1
5 ) After entering a numeric value, 4 0.0
press to confirm it. 3 +0.1
2 +0.2
1 +0.3

7 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout screen.

197
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.12 Polish Differential Adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab to select “Adjust-
ment”.
3 . Select “Size” then “Polish differential”.
4 . Set the following parameters to 0.00.
1 ) CR39, Bevel
2 ) CR39, Flat
3 ) Hi-index, Bevel
4 ) Hi-index, Flat
5 ) Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane,
Bevel
6 ) Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane, Flat
5 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1
[p162]).
6 . Select processing conditions as follows on
the layout screen and process a lens.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Nylor
3 ) Mode: Flat
4 ) Polish: Polish
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Active
7 . Confirm that the proportions of polished
and unpolished areas are the same on the
lens edge.
8 . If they are not, adjust the polish wheel height by the following procedure.
1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select
“Adjustment”.
3 ) Select “Size” then “Polish differen-
tial”.
4 ) Change the Polish wheel height
value by the following procedure.
a . If the proportion of the polished
area is smaller, decrease the
Polish wheel height value.
b . If the proportion of the polished
area is larger, increase the Pol-
ish wheel height value.
9 . After adjustment, change the parameter settings by the following procedure.
1 ) Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).

198
LLE20ARDA002A

2 ) Press the Grinding tab to select


“Adjustment”.
3 ) Select “Size” then “Polish differen-
tial”.
4 ) Set the following parameters to 0.30.
a . CR39, Bevel
b . CR39, Flat
c . Hi-index, Bevel
d . Hi-index, Flat
e . Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Ure-
thane, Bevel
f . Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Ure-
thane, Flat
10. After changing the parameter settings, con-
firm that unpolished area does not remain
around the entire circumference of the lens
processed under the following processing
conditions.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Nylor
3 ) Mode: Flat
4 ) Polish: Polish
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Active
11 . If the lens edge is partially unpolished, check the state of the wheel surface and dress it with
compound.

199
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.13 Beveled edge polish


8.12.13.1 Beveled edge polish check
1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on
the layout screen and process a lens.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Metal
3 ) Mode: Auto
4 ) Polish: Polish
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Active

3 . Confirm that neither unpolished nor burnt


No unpolished No unpolished
area remains on the front or rear bevel. or burnt area or burnt area
4 . If any unpolished or burnt area remains on
the front or rear bevel, adjust the beveled
edge polish position (see 8.12.13.2 Lens front Lens rear
[p201]).

200
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.13.2 Beveled edge polish adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab.
3 . Select “Adjustment”, then “Bevel position”.
4 . Change the Polish value by the following
procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for “Polish”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.

2 ) If any unpolished area remains on


the front bevel, increase the Polish Unpolished area
value.

Lens front Lens rear

3 ) If any unpolished area remains on


Unpolished area
the rear bevel, decrease the Polish
value.
Lens front Lens rear

5 . Process the lens again.


Select the same processing conditions as those for beveled edge polish check
(see 8.12.13.1 [p200]).
6 . Confirm that neither unpolished nor burnt
No unpolished No unpolished
area remains on the front or rear bevel. or burnt area or burnt area
7 . Repeat the procedure above until no
unpolished or burnt area remains on the
front or rear bevel. Lens front Lens rear

201
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.14 Polish axis


8.12.14.1 Polish axis check
1 . Load the 45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on
the layout screen and process a lens.
Lens material: CR39
Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Lens: CR39
2 ) Frame: Nylor
3 ) Mode: Flat
4 ) Polish: Polish
5 ) S.F.B.: None
6 ) Layout: Passive

3 . Confirm that the lens edge is polished


Unpolished areas Unpolished areas
completely.
4 . If any unpolished area remains on the lens No unpolished areas
edge, adjust the polish axis (see 8.12.14.2
[p203]).
㧗 㧙

202
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.14.2 Polish axis adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab.
3 . Select “Adjustment”, then “Axis”.
4 . Change the Polish axis value by the fol-
lowing procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for “Polish
axis”.
The numeric keypad
appears.
Change the parameter
value in 0.01 incre-
ments.

2 ) If unpolished area remains on the Unpolished area


left side of the edge as viewed from
the lens front, increase the Polish Lens
axis value.

Pliable cup

3 ) If unpolished area remains on the Lens


right side of the edge as viewed from
the lens front, decrease the Polish Unpolished area
axis value.

Pliable cup

5 . Process the lens again.


Select the same processing conditions as those for polish axis check (see
8.12.14.1 [p202]).
6 . Confirm that the right and left sides of the
Unpolished areas Unpolished areas
lens edge are polished completely.
7 . Repeat the procedure above until the right No unpolished areas
and left sides of the lens edge are polished
completely.
㧗 㧙

203
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.15 Polish size


8.12.15.1 Polish size check
1 . Load the ø45 internal data (see 8.12.1 [p162]).
2 . Select processing conditions as follows on the layout screen and process a lens.
Caution Use one lens each for beveling and flat edging.

Lens material: As specified by the parameter


Diopter: -3 to -5 D lens
1 ) Beveling
a . Lens: As specified by the
parameter
b . Frame: Metal
c . Mode: Auto
d . Polish: Polish
e . S.F.B.: None
f . Layout: Passive

2 ) Flat edging
a . Lens: As specified by the
parameter
b . Frame: Nylor
c . Mode: Flat
d . Polish: Polish
e . S.F.B.: None
f . Layout: Passive

3 . After processing, measure the lens diameter of each lens to confirm that it is within the
specified range as below.
1 ) Beveling: ø45.0 ±0.05 mm
rOO

2 ) Flat edging: ø45.0 ±0.10 mm


rOO
When measuring the
size of the flat-edged
lens, measure the length
between the edges on
the lens front.
4 . If the lens diameter is not within the specified range, adjust the polish size (see 8.12.15.2
[p205]).

204
LLE20ARDA002A

8.12.15.2 Polish size adjustment


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Grinding tab to display the
parameter setting screen (see 8.2.3
[p137]).
3 . Select “Adjustment”.
4 . Select “Polish size”.
5 . Change the parameter settings by the fol-
lowing procedure.
1 ) Press the numeric field for each
parameter.
a . CR39, Bevel
b . CR39, Flat
c . Hi-index, Bevel
d . Hi-index, Flat
e . Polyca./Acrylic, Bevel
f . Polyca./Acrylic, Flat
g . Trivex, Bevel
h . Trivex, Flat
i . Urethane, Bevel
j . Urethane, Flat
k . Glass, Bevel
l . Glass, Flat
The numeric keypad appears.
Change the parameter value in 0.01 increments.
2 ) If the lens diameter is larger than the specified value, decrease the parameter value.
When the diameter is 46 mm, enter a value obtained by “parameter value
+ (45 - 46)”.
3 ) If the lens diameter is smaller than the specified value, increase the parameter value.
When the diameter is 44 mm, enter a value obtained by “parameter value
+ (45 - 44)”.
4 ) After entering a numeric value, press .
6 . Process lenses again.
Select the same processing conditions as those for polish size check (see
8.12.15.1 [p204]).
However, conform the lens material to the parameter setting.
7 . After processing, measure the lens diameter of each lens to confirm that it is within the
specified range as below.
1 ) Beveling: ø45.0 ±0.05 mm
rOO

2 ) Flat edging: ø45.0 ±0.10 mm


When measuring the
rOO
size of the flat-edged
lens, measure the length
between the edges on
the lens front.
8 . Repeat the procedure above until the lens diameter is within the specified range.

205
LLE20ARDA002A

8.13 Self Adjustment


The following are the selectable calibration No., No. displayed in the information bar,
calibration item, and required time.
Displayed Required time
Selectable No. Calibration item
No. (minute)
1 Groove position, groove depth 4
1
2 Finish axis, grooving axis 4
3 3 Bevel position, beveling axis 3
4 Safety beveling wheel position 5
4
5 Safety beveling axis 3
6 6 - -
7 Drilling axis 7
7 8 Drill arm origin, vertical hole position 10
9 Hole position on lens surface 11
10 10 Position of polishing wheel for flat edges 8
11 111 Beveled edge polish position 2

Each calibration of displayed No. 2, 5, 8, and 9 cannot be performed


alone.
Caution Selectable No. 6 is displayed, however, displayed No. 6 does not
appear during self adjustment because no calibration item is
assigned.
Calibration starts from the selected No. and continues until No. 11.
To stop the calibration while in progress, press the STOP button ST OP
.
When each calibration is performed, the values of the parameters related to the cali-
bration are automatically rewritten
Record the data of the processing parameters for which self adjust-
Re
Caution ment is not performed. After self adjustment, set the parameters
according to the record.

1 . Record each processing parameter data (see [p253]).


To restore the data of the processing parameters for which self adjustment is
Caution
not performed, record the data in advance.
2 . Perform the following.
Caution Depending on the selected No., no adjustment may be required.
1 ) Finish size adjustment (See 8.12.3.2 [p166].)
2 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)
3 . Block a pliable cup (40370-M094 or
40370-M095) to the center of the flat lens
(44570-M026), then attach them to the /
lens adapter.

/
/
4 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
5 . Select the Maintenance tab to display the Maintenance screen (see 8.2.2 [p135]).

206
LLE20ARDA002A

6 . Press the Calibration Sequence No. field to


select the desired No.

Displayed
Selectable No. Calibration item
No.
1 Groove position, groove depth
1
2 Finish axis, grooving axis
3 3 Bevel position, beveling axis
4 Safety beveling wheel position
4
5 Safety beveling axis
6 6 -
7 Drilling axis
7 8 Drill arm origin, vertical hole position
9 Hole position on lens surface
10 10 Position of polishing wheel for flat edges
11 111 Beveled edge polish position

Selectable No. 6 is displayed, however, displayed No. 6 does not appear during
self adjustment because no calibration item is assigned.

7 . Press the button.


8 . Calibration advances automatically from displayed No.1 through 9.
Displayed
Calibration item
No.
1 Groove position, groove depth
2 Finish axis, grooving axis
3 Bevel position, beveling axis
4 Safety beveling wheel position
5 Safety beveling axis
6 -
7 Drilling axis
8 Drill arm origin, vertical hole position
9 Hole position on lens surface

Displayed No. 6 does not appear during self adjustment because no calibration
item is assigned.
9 . When self adjustment reaches displayed No.10, the instrument is placed in standby.
Displayed No.10: Position of polishing wheel for flat edges

207
LLE20ARDA002A

10. Perform the calibration for polishing of flat edges by the following procedure.
1 ) Press the START button ST RT
A
.
“Wipe out lens and feeler tip.” appears in the information bar.
The lens starts rotating.
2 ) Wipe moisture off the lens while it is rotating to dry the lens completely.
3 ) Wipe moisture off the feelers.
4 ) Press the START button ST RT
A
again to stop the lens rotation.
5 ) The feelers of the left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100) and right lens measuring
ASSY (44501-4200) contact the lens, and they are placed in standby.
“Indicate start point of polish” appears in the information bar.
6 ) Turn the jog dial to turn the lens so
Lens front Lens rear
that the feeler tip is positioned in the
border between the polished and Unpolished
/
unpolished surfaces on the lens 
edge.
Turning the jog dial turns
the lens in 1 increments.

7 ) Press the START button .


ST RT
A
 Border between
the polished and
unpolished surfaces

Polished

11 . After the calibration for polishing of flat edges, the instrument is placed in standby (when
self adjustment reaches displayed No.11).
Displayed No.11: Beveled edge polish position
12. Perform the calibration for polishing of beveled edges by the following procedure.
1 ) Press the START button ST RT
A
.
“Wipe out lens and feeler tip.” appears in the information bar.
The lens starts rotating.
2 ) Wipe moisture off the lens while it is rotating to dry the lens completely.
3 ) Wipe moisture off the feelers.
4 ) Press the START button ST RT
A
again to stop the lens rotation.
5 ) The feelers of the left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100) and right lens measuring
ASSY (44501-4200) contact the lens. The feeler of the left lens measuring ASSY
(44501-4100) retracts and the instrument is placed in standby.
“Indicate start point of polish” appears in the information bar.

208
LLE20ARDA002A

6 ) Turn the jog dial to turn the lens so


Lens front Lens rear
that the feeler tip of the right lens
measuring ASSY (44501-4200) is
positioned in the border between the / Polished

polished and unpolished surfaces on


the lens edge.
Turning the jog dial turns
Border between the
the lens in 1 increments. polished and
unpolished surfaces
7 ) Press the START button ST RT
A
.
8 ) The feeler of the left lens measuring
Unpolished

ASSY (44501-4100) contacts the
lens. The feeler of the right lens
measuring ASSY (44501-4200)
retracts and the instrument is placed in standby.
“Indicate start point of polish” appears in the information bar.
9 ) Turn the jog dial to turn the lens so
Lens front Lens rear
that the feeler tip of the left lens
measuring ASSY (44501-4100) is  Unpolished
positioned in the border between the Border between the
polished and unpolished surfaces on polished and
the lens edge. unpolished surfaces
Turning the jog dial turns
the lens in 1 increments.
Polished
10) Press the START button ST RT
A
.
13. In a few seconds after the START button
ST RT
A
is pressed, all calibrations are com- /
plete.

14. Each parameter is automatically set based on the measurement result.


15. Perform the following.
1 ) Polish size (See 8.12.15 [p204].)
2 ) Hole depth adjustment (See 8.12.11.3 [p189].)

209
LLE20ARDA002A

8.14 Connection Setting


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Connection tab on the menu
screen.

3 . Set the Water system parameter to any of


the following.
1 ) Pump tank
2 ) Lfu 220
3 ) Direct water

4 . Set the Vacuum system parameter to any


of the following.
1 ) Not use
2 ) Use
When “Use” is selected,
Caution
set “Delay time”.

210
LLE20ARDA002A

5 . Set “RS-232C (COM1 port)” by the following procedure.


1 ) Set “Communication interface” to
any of the following.
a . None
b . N-LAN
c . VCA-B
d . VCA-C

2 ) Set “Baud rate” to either of the fol-


lowing.
a . 9600
b . 38400

3 ) Set “Server name” to any of the fol-


lowing.
a . Ice 1000
b . ICE mini+
c . Ice 900
d . Others

6 . Set “RS-232C (COM3 port)” by the follow-


ing procedure.
1 ) Set “Communication interface” to
either of the following.
a . None
b . TRACER

211
LLE20ARDA002A

2 ) Set “Baud rate” to either of the follow-


ing.
a . 9600
b . 38400

7 . Set “Ethernet (LAN port)” by the following


procedure.
3 ) Set “Communication interface” to
either of the following.
a . None
b . N-LAN

4 ) Select “Host port No.” and set it with


the numeric keypad.
* Set the No. depending on the
LAN environment to be config-
ured.

5 ) Set “Server name” to any of the fol-


lowing.
a . Ice 1000
b . ICE mini+
c . Ice 900
d . iRx server
e . Others

212
LLE20ARDA002A

8 . Select “My ID” and set it with the numeric


keypad.
Be sure to set a number not
Caution being used by another instru-
ment.

9 . Select “Host ID” and set it with the numeric


keypad.
Be sure to set a number not
Caution being used by another instru-
ment.

213
LLE20ARDA002A

8.14.1 Network setting


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Connection tab on the menu
screen.

3 . Press the Network button.

4 . Select “IP address” and set it with the


numeric keypad.
Enter all the four numbers in
the IP address field.

5 . Select “Subnet mask” and set it with the


numeric keypad.
Enter the subnet mask suit-
able for the entered IP
address.
Enter all the four numbers in
the Subnet mask field.

214
LLE20ARDA002A

6 . Select “Default gateway” and set it with


the numeric keypad.
Enter all the four numbers in
the Default gateway field.

6 ) Select “Host IP address” and set it


with the numeric keypad.
Enter the IP address of the
equipment to be connected
(equipment set in the Server
name field).
Enter all the four numbers in
the Host IP address field.

215
LLE20ARDA002A

8.14.2 VCA setting


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the Connection tab on the menu
screen.
3 . Press the VCA setting button.
The VCA setting button is dis-
played only when “Communi-
cation interface” is set to
“VCA-B” or “VCA-C”.

4 . Set “Initialization session” to either of the


following.
1 ) Auto
2 ) Preset

5 . Set “SFB setting” to any of the following.


1 ) Received
2 ) Small
3 ) Medium
4 ) Large

6 . Set “Application of BEVM” to either of the


following.
1 ) Offset
2 ) Distance
7 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout
screen.

216
LLE20ARDA002A

8.15 Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment


1 . Display the Machine test screen (see 8.3
[p140]).
2 . Press the Chuck button to chuck a
processed lens with the diameter 45 mm.
Check that “Pre chuck” turns
orange.

3 . Move the lens by the following procedure.


1 ) With the Y Axis button, move
the lens to the position where it is
about to contact the wheels.
2 ) With the X Axis button, move
the lens to the right until it stops.

Wheels Lens
4 . Loosen HH4 × 4 (n = 2) to adjust the posi- Lens
tion of the manifold (44501-M977) so that
water runs over the wheels at the position
slightly before the lens.
Water runs only while the SSR
button is pressed.

Wheels
Water


/ **˜
5 . Loosen HH4 × 4 to adjust the tilt of pipe 3
Lens
(44501-M983) so that water runs over the
center of the lens.
Water runs only while the SSR
button is pressed.

Water

**˜ /

217
LLE20ARDA002A

6 . Adjust the position of the nozzle ASSY (44001-9330).


1 ) With the X Axis button, move
the lens to the left until it reaches the
origin.
2 ) Loosen HH4 × 4.
3 ) Adjust the tilt of pipe 5 (44501-
M985) so that the upper water from
the nozzle ASSY (44001-9330) con-
verges and runs toward the center of
the processing ASSY (45501-3300).
Water runs only while
the SSR button is
pressed. Water / 

4 ) Turn the nozzle ASSY (44001-9330) **˜


so that the upper water from it con-
verges and runs on a line connect-
ing the feelers. / 

218
LLE20ARDA002A

8.16 Parameter Backup


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the General tab, then tab 3 to the
right of the screen.
3 . Press “Done” to the right of “Parameter
backup”.

4 . A confirmation message appears.


5 . Press “Yes” to back up the parameter set-
tings.
The settings are saved to the
SD card attached to the main
board (44501-BA01).
6 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout
screen.

219
LLE20ARDA002A

8.17 Parameter Restore


1 . Enter Service mode (see 8.1 [p133]).
2 . Press the General tab, then tab 3 to the
right of the screen.
3 . Press “Done” to the right of “Parameter
restore”.

4 . A confirmation message appears.


5 . Press “Yes” to restore the parameter set-
tings.
The settings are restored from
the SD card attached to the
main board (44501-BA01).
6 . Press the Exit button to return to the layout
screen.

220
LLE20ARDA002A

8.18 BL Motor Inverter Setting


8.18.1 Changing parameter settings
1 . Remove the right side cover (44501-M205) (see 6.5 [p60]).
2 . Turn on the power switch of the main body.
3 . Press [DATA SET] on the inverter control panel once. The parameter No. indicator blinks
(LED indication in 2 digits).
1 . To display parameter No. 100 or later, press [STOP], [DATA SET], [ ],
and [ ] simultaneously before performing the operation above.
2 . For parameter No.100
and later, “ • “ illuminates
to the lower right of the 2-
digit LED indication.
“• “ to the
lower right

4 . With [ ] and [ ], display the parameter No. whose setting is to be changed.


Change the parameter settings according to the parameter list (see 8.18.2
[p222]).
5 . Press [DATA SET] once so that the 5-digit LED blinks.
6 . With [ ] and [ ], change the parameter setting.
7 . Press [DATA SET] once.
8 . The set value stops blinking, then the parameter No. blinks.
At this time, the changed set value is saved to the inverter.
9 . Press [MODE] once.
10. Turn off the power switch of the main body.
11 . Attach the right side cover (44501-M205) (see 6.5 [p60]).

221
LLE20ARDA002A

8.18.2 BL motor inverter: changed parameters


Parameters for the user (disclosed)
No Standard setting 44401-E072 (200V) 44401-E071 (100V)
01 1800 rpm 1000 rpm 1000 rpm
02 1200 rpm 2000 rpm 2000 rpm
03 600 rpm 3000 rpm 3000 rpm
04 0 rpm 4000 rpm 4000 rpm
05 0 rpm 5000 rpm 5000 rpm
06 0 rpm 6000 rpm 6000 rpm
18 4-speed mode 8-speed mode 8-speed mode
51 TrIP CPLS CPLS
52 STbL TrIP TrIP
75 3000 rpm 6000 rpm 6000 rpm
d0 150 350 350
d1 20 80 80
d2 YES nO nO

Parameters for the user (closed)


No Standard setting 44401-E072 (200V) 44401-E071 (100V)
122 Depends on model 400 600
123 Depends on model 56 60
124 Depends on model 400 200
128 Depends on model 58 80
132 385 385 350
133 378 378 62
143 E10(3600rpm) 01770(6000rpm) 01770(6000rpm)
151 60 300 300
153 Depends on model 01F40 3200
178 Depends on model 512 570
182 Depends on model 155 148

222
LLE20ARDA002A

8.18.3 Trip check


1 . Remove the right side cover (44501-M205) (see 6.5 [p60]).
2 . Turn on the power switch of the main body.
3 . Press [DATA SET] on the inverter control panel once. The parameter No. indicator blinks
(LED indication in 2 digits).
4 . With [ ] and [ ], display parameter No. 81 to be checked.
5 . Check the LED indication in 5 digits.
LED indication Protective function Details of protection
Monitor When the output current reaches the electric thermal level and the timer
Electric thermal operation
(blinking) operates, the indication on the monitor blinks.
When the converter is for AC 200 V (AC 100 V), DC 200 V (DC 100 V)
or less is taken as instantaneous blackout and the inverter power output
Under voltage warning is stopped. In addition, for the converter for AC 200 V, the control circuit
L
instantaneous blackout is reset when the voltage becomes DC 75 V or less.
If the voltage recovers before the control circuit is reset, the instrument
can restart the operation automatically.
When power restores from instantaneous blackout during operation,
Restart prevention after power automatic restart is prevented if operation command was given, and the
┌ .P.
restoration circuit breaker is tripped.
However, this function does not work if the control circuit is reset.
If the output current of the converter exceeds the set current of each
0.C.
inverter, the circuit breaker is tripped.
If the output current of the converter exceeds the set current of each
0.C.-U
inverter during acceleration, the circuit breaker is tripped.
Overcurrent protection
If the output current of the converter exceeds the current set to each
0.C.-d
inverter during deceleration, the circuit breaker is tripped.
If the value detected by the current sensor exceeds the set current of
0.C.-C
each inverter, the circuit breaker is tripped.
Regenerative overvoltage When direct current to the converter for AC 200 V (AC 100 V) increases
0.U.
protection and exceeds DC 400 V (DC 200 V), the circuit breaker is tripped.
If the current to the motor flows continuously beyond the rated load
Overload protection function
ГH ┌ current, it is taken as overload and the circuit breaker is tripped.
(electric thermal)
While the current flows, a 5-digit LED blinks.
If the radiation fin is overheated, the thermal sensor functions and the
0.H. Radiation fin overheat protection
circuit breaker is tripped.
If the rotation number exceeds 1.5 times the maximum speed, it is taken
E..-0.S. Overspeed protection
as overspeed and the circuit breaker is tripped.
When the abnormality of the CS signal is detected, the circuit breaker is
E..-C.S. Sensor abnormality protection
tripped.
If the failure of the controlling microcomputer is detected, the circuit
E ┌┌ CPU error
breaker is tripped.
When the setting of a parameter such as “16 operation command
CAU. Self-diagnosis warning
selection” is changed, the circuit breaker is tripped.
When “47I5 function selection” and “48I6 function selection” are set to
0.L. Externally forced protection “externally forced trip”, the circuit breaker is tripped if the point between
“applicable terminal” and “SG” is open.
When “d2 rotation failure detection” is set to “yes”, the circuit breaker is
E. ┌ 0Г.. Rotation failure detection
tripped if the rotation failure of the set speed is detected.
6 . The trip record is saved in parameter No. 81 to 85.
Parameter No. 81 is the most recent trip code. The trip record becomes older in
the order of 82, 83, 84, and 85.
7 . Press [MODE] once.
8 . Turn off the power switch of the main body.

223
LLE20ARDA002A

9 . Attach the right side cover (44501-M205) (see 6.5 [p60]).

224
LLE20ARDA002A

8.19 Software Upgrade


1 . While pressing the STOP button ST OP
, turn on the power switch.
2 . The software upgrade screen is displayed
and a file list appears.

Media button: Each pressing of this button toggles the indication of the above
button between “USB” and “SD”.
Type button: Each pressing of this button toggles the indication of the above
button between “Mot” and “NDB”.
Media and Type buttons are not used in Ver1.00.
If the indication is not “USB” or “Mot”, press the Media button or Type button to
change the indication.
3 . Select the file to write from the file list by
the following procedure.
1 ) Select the desired file with the UP or
DOWN button.
2 ) Touch a file name.
4 . After selecting the file, press the Select
button.

5 . A confirmation dialog box appears.


The selected file name is dis-
played on the confirmation
dialog box.
6 . Press “YES” to execute the upgrade. To
cancel the upgrade, press “No”.

225
LLE20ARDA002A

This page is intentionally left blank.

226
LLE20ARDA002A

9 SUPPLEMENT

9.1 Appearance
Front view

2
5

3
6

4
7

1 . Accessory tray
2 . USB port
3 . Processing chamber
4 . Control panel
5 . Processing chamber door
6 . Power switch
7 . Touch pen and pen tray
8 . Display
9 . Flow control knobs

Control panel

10 13

11
14

12

10. STOP button


11 . CHUCK button
12. START button
13. Function button
14. Jog dial

227
LLE20ARDA002A

Left and right side views

20
21
15
16 22
23
17
18
24
19

Left side view Right side view

15. Ethernet port (LAN)


16. RS-232C port (COM1)
17. RS-232C port (COM2)
18. RS-232C port (COM3)
19. Air inlet/outlet for vacuum cleaner
20. Power connector
21. Cooling fan
22. Outlet for cooling water (COOLING)
23. Outlet for cleaning water (CLEANING)
24. Outlet for vacuum cleaner (VACUUM)

228
LLE20ARDA002A

9.2 Labels
Left and right side views

+0.'6
㧹㨑㧥㧜㧜 㧹㨑㧥㧜㧜
㪤㫌㫃㫋㫀㪽㫌㫅㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪼㪻㪾㪼㫉 㪤㫌㫃㫋㫀㪽㫌㫅㪺㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪼㪻㪾㪼㫉
㪠㪥㪧㪬㪫

㪪㪜㪩㪅㪥㪦㪅
㪈㪇㪇㪭㪄㪈㪉㪇㪭䌾㩷㩷㪌㪇㪆㪍㪇㪟㫑㩷㩷㪈㪅㪊㫂㪭㪘

NNNNNN
NNNNN
㪠㪥㪧㪬㪫

㪪㪜㪩㪅㪥㪦㪅 NNNNNN
NNNNN
㪉㪊㪇㪭䌾䇭㪌㪇㪆㪍㪇㪟㫑䇭㪈㪅㪊㫂㪭㪘

㪤㪘㪪㪪 㪌㪇㫂㪾
Pump 1 MAX.1A

㪚㪘㪬㪫㪠㪦㪥 or 㪮㪟㪜㪜㪣㩷㪛㪠㪘 㪈㪇㪇㫄㫄


㪮㪟㪜㪜㪣
㪌㪇㪇㪇㫉㪆㫄㫀㫅

2
㪩㪦㪫㪘㪫㪠㪦㪥

㩷㪫㪦㩷㪩㪜㪛㪬㪚㪜㩷㪫㪟㪜㩷㪩㪠㪪㪢㩷㪦㪝㩷㪜㪣㪜㪚㪫㪩㪠㪚㩷㪪㪟㪦㪚㪢㪃㩷㪛㪦㩷㪥㪦㪫㩷㪩㪜㪤㪦㪭㪜 㪚㪘㪬㪫㪠㪦㪥
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪅㩷㪩㪜㪝㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪩㪭㪠㪚㪠㪥㪞㩷㪫㪦㩷㪨㪬㪘㪣㪠㪝㪠㪜㪛㩷㪪㪜㪩㪭㪠㪚㪜㩷㪧㪜㪩㪪㪦㪥㪥㪜㪣㪅 㩷㪫㪦㩷㪩㪜㪛㪬㪚㪜㩷㪫㪟㪜㩷㪩㪠㪪㪢㩷㪦㪝㩷㪜㪣㪜㪚㪫㪩㪠㪚㩷㪪㪟㪦㪚㪢㪃㩷㪛㪦㩷㪥㪦㪫㩷㪩㪜㪤㪦㪭㪜 Pump MAX.1A
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪅㩷㪩㪜㪝㪜㪩㩷㪪㪜㪩㪭㪠㪚㪠㪥㪞㩷㪫㪦㩷㪨㪬㪘㪣㪠㪝㪠㪜㪛㩷㪪㪜㪩㪭㪠㪚㪜㩷㪧㪜㪩㪪㪦㪥㪥㪜㪣㪅

3
㪊㪋㪄㪈㪋㩷㪤㪸㪼㪿㪸㫄㪸㩷㪟㫀㫉㫆㫀㫊㪿㫀㪄㪺㪿㫆㩷㪞㪸㫄㪸㪾㫆㫉㫀㩷㪘㫀㪺㪿㫀㩷㪡㪸㫇㪸㫅
㪊㪋㪄㪈㪋㩷㪤㪸㪼㪿㪸㫄㪸㩷㪟㫀㫉㫆㫀㫊㪿㫀㪄㪺㪿㫆㩷㪞㪸㫄㪸㪾㫆㫉㫀㩷㪘㫀㪺㪿㫀㩷㪡㪸㫇㪸㫅
㪤㪘㪛㪜㩷㪠㪥㩷㪡㪘㪧㪘㪥 /# 㪤㪘㪛㪜㩷㪠㪥㩷㪡㪘㪧㪘㪥 㪋㪌㪌㪇㪈㪄㪤㪇㪉㪌㪄㪘㪊 MAX.1A

Top view
NNNNNN
5'401 NNNNN

5'401 NNNNNN

%#76+10
%#76+10

-GGRJCPFU -GGRJCPFU
ENGCTQH
EJWEMKPI
OGEJCPKUO

ENGCTQH
EJWEMKPI
OGEJCPKUO
6JGEQXGTKU
CWVQOCVKECNN[
QRGPGFCPFENQUGF

6JGEQXGTKU
CWVQOCVKECNN[ Rotating direction
QRGPGFCPFENQUGF

229
LLE20ARDA002A

Front view

230
LLE20ARDA002A

9.3 Wiring Diagram

231
LLE20ARDA002A

9.4 Connector Cable

232
LLE20ARDA002A

233
LLE20ARDA002A

9.5 Parts Layout


9.5.1 Boards

$#
$#
$# '
$#
$# $#

$#
$#

$#
$#

$# $#

9.5.2 Cables and sensor ASSYs

%#
%#

%#

%#
%#

%# %# 
%#
%#

234
LLE20ARDA002A

9.5.3 Electric parts



8 '
8

8 '
8 ' '


'
'
'
'
'

'
'
'
'

'

' 
'
'

'
'
' ' '

9.6 Grease Application Positions


9.6.1 Spindle ASSY (44501-1400)
/

'

/

Grease (NBU15)

235
LLE20ARDA002A

9.6.2 Grooving/drilling ASSY (44501-3000)

/

236
LLE20ARDA002A

9.6.3 Slider ASSY (44501-3100)

/

/

Grease (NIPPECO LLP)

/

/

237
LLE20ARDA002A

9.6.4 Processing ASSY (45501-3300)


Grease (NBU15) /

/


/

/
/

/
/

/ /

/

/

Grease (Permalub ENC-9)

238
LLE20ARDA002A

9.6.5 Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200)


Grease (Permalub ENC-9)

/ 
/ 
% / 
/
/
/
/

%

/
/

/ /
/
/
/

$ 
/
/
/ Grease (NIPPECO LLP)
/ /
Grease (NIPPECO LLP)
Grease (Permalub ENC-9)

/
Grease (Permalub ENC-9)

239
LLE20ARDA002A

Grease (Permalub ENC-9)

/
Grease (Permalub
/ ENC-9)

/

/

# 
Grease (Permalub
/
ENC-9)

/

# 
/
/
/
Grease (Permalub ENC-9)

240
LLE20ARDA002A

9.6.6 Chuck shaft motor ASSY (44501-5210)

Grease (Permalub ENC-9)

/
/

/
Grease (Permalub ENC-9)
/

9.6.7 Y axis ASSY (44501-5300)


/


/ / 

Grease (NIPPECO LLP)

/

/

241
LLE20ARDA002A

9.7 Error Message List


Code Error message Description Cause/Remedy
Roughing wheel for glass lenses is
not dressed sufficiently.
101 Roughing not completed Roughing does not complete.
End of life or failure of roughing
wheel for plastic lenses
Wheels are not dressed
102 Finishing not completed Finishing does not complete.
sufficiently.
Feelers are off the lens during lens
201 Feeler off error Lens diameter is not sufficient.
measurement.
Lens thickness was very small (0.05
202 Lens detection error mm or less) at the start of No lens is set.
measurement.
Measured data is abnormal. (Front Encoder failure
204 Front & rear measuring data error
and rear surface data is mixed up.) Deformation of thin lens
Measured data at the start point does
205 Start & end measuring data error Encoder failure
not conform to that at the end point.
RMU detected a lens shape that may
207 Unavailable lens shape for RMU. cause damage to RMU such as a Replace the lens.
shape with a significant dent.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
401 XYR initialize error X, Y, and R axes are not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
402 X initialize error X axis is not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
403 Y initialize error Y axis is not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
404 R initialize error R axis is not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
405 XY initialize error X and Y axes are not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
406 XR initialize error X and R axes are not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
407 YR initialize error X and R axes are not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
408 Front feeler initialize error Front feeler is not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.

242
LLE20ARDA002A

Code Error message Description Cause/Remedy


Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
409 Rear feeler initialize error Rear feeler is not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
411 Drill Z initialize error Drill Z axis is not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
412 Drill R initialize error Drill R axis is not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
414 RMU initialize error RMU is not initialized.
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
428 Front feeler motor error Front feeler motor failure
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
429 Rear feeler motor error Rear feeler motor failure
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check each origin sensor and
driving force transmission area.
434 RMU motor error RMU motor failure
Check the connection board and
motor driver.
Check for the breakage of the
micro switch for origin check or
Response of the origin sensor is not
501 Chuck origin error cable breakage.
as expected.
Check the operation of the chuck
motor.
Check for dirt on the pre-chuck
sensor (photointerrupter) or cable
Response of the pre-chuck sensor is
502 Pre-Chuck sensor error breakage.
not as expected.
Check the operation of the chuck
motor.
Check the LED indication of the
601 Main wheel not rotating Main wheel does not rotate. inverter.
Check the inverter error history.
Check the spindle movement.
602 Drill / groove wheel not rotate Drill/groove wheel does not rotate. Check for the breakage of the DC
motor cables.
Check the cables connecting the
2301 I/O board error I/O board is not connected. BA01 and BA02.

243
LLE20ARDA002A

9.8 Parameter List


9.8.1 General
General Item Default setting
Language English
Size mode Similarity
Cup type for small shape * None
Perform measurement after roughing Not perform
Perform high-curve lens measurement CR39/Hi-index/Glass only
Use tilt function in bevel/groove guide mode Not use
Correct PD for PTN trace data Correct
1
Frame tilt angle for rimless frames 5.0
Minimum edge width for grooving 0.45
Correct PD in passive mode Correct
Slot coordinate mode Center
Blocking horizontal offset (Bifocal) -5.00
Blocking vertical offset (Bifocal) 5.00
Automatically adjust up/down layout data (Shape edit) Adjust
䎩 button function Upward cursor movement
Specify process data by number Specify
Save layout information in shape memory Save
2
Display brightness 100
Voice message Exec
Speaker volume Level 3
Cup mode Pliable
Prohibit to grind same job repeatedly Prohibit (recommended)
Grinding rotation limit 40
Washing Process Exec
PD correction offset 0.00
Automatically change to passive mode Not change
Ignore grooving information Disable
3
Door locked during process Exec
Door open stop Enable
Blocker support (ICE-2000) None
Update string information Done
Parameter backup Done
Parameter restore Done
Parameter factory setting Done
* This parameter is displayed only when “Cup mode” (General 3) is set to “Pliable + Mini/Nano”.

244
LLE20ARDA002A

9.8.2 Grinding
No.: Calibration sequence No. of Self adjustment. When calibration of each No. is per-
formed, the values of the related parameters are automatically rewritten.
Caution Code: Indicates the item for which the calibration with touch sensor calibration jig is per-
formed. When calibration for each item is performed, the values of related parameters
are set to 0.00.
W: Wheel
S: SFB unit
D: Drill unit
1 . Adjustment
Item Value No. Code
Size 0.00 - -
Finish size CR39, Bevel 0.00 - W
CR39, Flat 0.00 - W
Hi-index, Bevel 0.00 - W
Hi-index, Flat 0.00 - W
Polyca./Acrylic, Bevel 0.00 - W
Polyca./Acrylic, Flat 0.00 - W
Trivex, Bevel 0.00 - W
Trivex, Flat 0.00 - W
Urethane, Bevel 0.00 - W
Urethane, Flat 0.00 - W
Glass, Bevel *2 0.00 - W
Glass, Flat *2 0.00 - W
Rough size CR39, Bevel 1.50 - -
CR39, Flat 1.50 - -
Hi-index, Bevel 1.50 - -
Hi-index, Flat 1.50 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex, Bevel 1.50 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex, Flat 1.50 - -
Urethane, Bevel 1.50 - -
Urethane, Flat 1.50 - -
Glass, Bevel *2 1.50 - -
Glass, Flat *2 1.50 - -
Polish size CR39, Bevel 0.00 - W
CR39, Flat 0.00 - W
Hi-index, Bevel 0.00 - W
Hi-index, Flat 0.00 - W
Polyca./Acrylic, Bevel 0.00 - W
Polyca./Acrylic, Flat 0.00 - W
Trivex, Bevel 0.00 - W
Trivex, Flat 0.00 - W
Urethane, Bevel 0.00 - W
Urethane, Flat 0.00 - W
CR39, Bevel 0.20 11 -
CR39, Flat 0.20 10 -
Hi-index, Bevel 0.20 11 -
Hi-index, Flat 0.20 10 -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane, Bevel 0.20 11 -
Size Polish differential Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane, Flat 0.20 10 -
Polish wheel height 0.00 10 -

245
LLE20ARDA002A

Item Value No. Code


Axis 0.00 - -
Finish axis CR39/Hi-index, Bevel 0.00 2,3 W
CR39/Hi-index, Flat 0.00 2 W
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane, Bevel 0.00 2,3 W
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane, Flat 0.00 2 W
Glass, Bevel *2 0.00 2,3 W
Glass, Flat *2 0.00 2 W
Polish axis 0.00 - W
Groove axis CR39/Hi-index 0.00 2 D
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane 0.00 2 D
Feeler Feeler height 0.00 - -
Feeler axis 0.00 - -
Bevel position 0.00 - -
Finish 0.00 3 W
Polish 0.00 11 W
Groove position 0.00 - -
Depth 0.00 - -
Groove position adjustment 0.00 1 D
Depth adjustment 0.00 1 D
Wheel zero point 0.00 - D
Hole Drill bit diameter 0.80 - -
Flute length 6.0 - -
Diameter 0.00 - -
Depth 0.0 - -
Diameter adjustment 0.00 - -
Depth adjustment 0.00 - D
Hole/Slot Reference 0.00 7 D
Drill zero point 0.00 8 D
Drill hole vertical position 0.00 8 D
Front surface offset 0.00 9 D
Chuck pressure CR39/Hi-index 100 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane 100 - -
Glass *2 100 - -
Test CR39 - -
Wheel rotation
Rough Trivex Speed 4 - -
speed
Urethane Speed 4 - -
Finish Urethane Speed 4 - -
Drill speed Rotation CR39/Hi-index 90 - -
Polyca./Acrylic 50 - -
Trivex/Urethane 40 - -
Feed CR39/Hi-index 0.8 - -
Polyca./Acrylic 0.5 - -
Trivex/Urethane 0.5 - -
Slot CR39/Hi-index 0.4 - -
Polyca./Acrylic 0.3 - -
Trivex/Urethane 0.2 - -

246
LLE20ARDA002A

2 . SFB setting
Item Value No. Code
Small Rear, Bevel 0.3 - -
Front, Bevel None - -
Rear, Flat 0.3 - -
Front, Flat 0.3 - -
Medium Rear, Bevel 0.4 - -
Front, Bevel None - -
Rear, Flat 0.4 - -
Front, Flat 0.3 - -
Large Rear, Bevel 0.5 - -
Front, Bevel None - -
Rear, Flat 0.5 - -
Front, Flat 0.3 - -
Wheel position Rear, Flat 0.00 4 S
Front, Flat 0.00 4 S
Rear, Bevel 0.00 4 S
Front, Bevel 0.00 4 S
SFB axis Rear, Flat 0.00 5 S
Front, Flat 0.00 5 S
Rear, Bevel 0.00 5 S
Front, Bevel 0.00 5 S
Wheel height 0.00 - S

3 . Size preset
Item Value No. Code
Metal CR39/Hi-index 0.00 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane 0.00 - -
Glass *2 0.00 - -
Plastic CR39/Hi-index 0.00 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane 0.00 - -
Glass *2 0.00 - -
Two Point/Nylor CR39/Hi-index 0.00 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane 0.00 - -
Glass *2 0.00 - -

4 . Default setting
Item Value No. Code
FPD 70.00 - -
DBL 18.00 - -
PD 62.00 - -
Optical center height ↑2.0 - -
Active side (R/L) Received - -
Layout mode Received - -
Soft edging mode None - -
Groove depth 0.3 - -
Groove width 0.6 - -

247
LLE20ARDA002A

5 . Jewel hole size


Item Value No. Code
Jewel 1 Outer hole Diameter 1.80 - -
Depth 0.6 - -
Inner hole Diameter 1.40 - -
Depth 1.9 - -
Jewel 2 Outer hole Diameter 2.70 - -
Depth 0.8 - -
Inner hole Diameter 2.10 - -
Depth 2.6 - -
Jewel 3 Outer hole Diameter 2.70 - -
Depth 0.8 - -
Inner hole Diameter 2.10 - -
Depth 2.6 - -

6 . Process performance
Item Value No. Code
Performance Standard - -
Idle rotation Finish CR39/Hi-index 1 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex 1 - -
Urethane 1 - -
Glass *2 2 - -
SFB 2 - -
Polish CR39, Bevel 2 - -
CR39, Flat 2 - -
Hi-index, Bevel 2 - -
Hi-index, Flat 2 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane, Bevel 2 - -
Polyca./Acrylic/Trivex/Urethane, Flat 2 - -
Groove 2 - -
Hole 1 - -
Process speed Reduction ratio for soft (CR39/Hi-index/Acrylic) 0.5 - -
Rough (Polyca./Trivex/Urethane/Glass) 10.0 - -
Finish 6.0 - -
Polish 15.0 - -
Groove 12.0 - -
SFB 8.0 - -
*2: For PLB-2R, this parameter is not displayed.

248
LLE20ARDA002A

9.8.3 Connection
Item Set value
Water system Pump tank
Vacuum system Use Delay time 10sec
RS-232C (COM1 port) Communication interface N-LAN
Baud rate 38400
Server name
RS-232C (COM3 port) Communication interface None
Baud rate 38400
Ethernet port (LAN port) Communication interface None
Host port No. 55555
Server name
My ID 1
Host ID 32
Network settings MAC address *3 0 11 247 0 0 1
IP address 192 168 254 100
Subnet mask 255 255 255 2
Default gateway 0 0 0 0
HOST IP address 192 168 254 1
VCA setting *4 Initialization session Auto
SFB setting Received
Application of BEVM Distance
*3: MAC address is specific to each instrument, so it is unchangeable.
*4: The VCA setting parameters are displayed only when “Communication interface” of RS-232C
(COM1 port) is set to “VCA-B” or “VCA-C”.

249
LLE20ARDA002A

9.9 BL Motor Inverter


9.9.1 Error messages
LED indication Protective function Details of protection
When the output current reaches the electric thermal level
Monitor (blinking) Electric thermal operation
and the timer operates, the indication on the monitor blinks.
When the converter is for AC 200 V (AC 100 V), DC 200 V
(DC 100 V) or less is taken as instantaneous blackout and
the inverter power output is stopped. In addition, for the
Under voltage warning
L converter for AC 200 V, the control circuit is reset when the
instantaneous blackout
voltage becomes DC 75 V or less.
If the voltage recovers before the control circuit is reset, the
instrument can restart the operation automatically.
When power restores from instantaneous blackout during
operation, automatic restart is prevented if operation
Restart prevention after power
┌ .P. command was given, and the circuit breaker is tripped.
restoration
However, this function does not work if the control circuit is
reset.
If the output current of the converter exceeds the set
0.C.
current of each inverter, the circuit breaker is tripped.
If the output current of the converter exceeds the set
0.C.-U current of each inverter during acceleration, the circuit
breaker is tripped.
Overcurrent protection
If the output current of the converter exceeds the current
0.C.-d set to each inverter during deceleration, the circuit breaker
is tripped.
If the value detected by the current sensor exceeds the set
0.C.-C
current of each inverter, the circuit breaker is tripped.
When direct current to the converter for AC 200 V (AC 100
Regenerative overvoltage
0.U. V) increases and exceeds DC 400 V (DC 200 V), the circuit
protection
breaker is tripped.
If the current to the motor flows continuously beyond the
Overload protection function rated load current, it is taken as overload and the circuit
ГH ┌ (electric thermal) breaker is tripped.
While the current flows, a 5-digit LED blinks.
If the radiation fin is overheated, the thermal sensor
0.H. Radiation fin overheat protection
functions and the circuit breaker is tripped.
If the rotation number exceeds 1.5 times the maximum
E..-0.S. Overspeed protection speed, it is taken as overspeed and the circuit breaker is
tripped.
When the abnormality of the CS signal is detected, the
E..-C.S. Sensor abnormality protection
circuit breaker is tripped.
If the failure of the controlling microcomputer is detected,
E ┌┌ CPU error
the circuit breaker is tripped.
When the setting of a parameter such as “16 operation
CAU. Self-diagnosis warning command selection” is changed, the circuit breaker is
tripped.
When “47I5 function selection” and “48I6 function selection”
are set to “externally forced trip”, the circuit breaker is
0.L. Externally forced protection
tripped if the point between “applicable terminal” and “SG”
is open.
When “d2 rotation failure detection” is set to “yes”, the
E. ┌ 0Г. Rotation failure detection circuit breaker is tripped if the rotation failure of the set
speed is detected.

250
LLE20ARDA002A

9.9.2 Parameter list


9.9.2.1 Parameters for user (disclosed)
No Standard setting 44401-E072 (200V) 44401-E071 (100V)
00 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
01 1800 rpm 1000 rpm 1000 rpm
02 1200 rpm 2000 rpm 2000 rpm
03 600 rpm 3000 rpm 3000 rpm
04 0 rpm 4000 rpm 4000 rpm
05 0 rpm 5000 rpm 5000 rpm
06 0 rpm 6000 rpm 6000 rpm
07 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
08 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
09 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
10 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
11 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
12 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
13 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
14 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
15 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
16 bOTH bOTH bOTH
17 PnL PnL PnL
18 4-speed mode 8-speed mode 8-speed mode
21 1.00 s 1.00 s 1.00 s
22 1.00 s 1.00 s 1.00 s
23 1.00 s 1.00 s 1.00 s
24 1.00 s 1.00 s 1.00 s
26 1.0 s 1.0 s 1.0 s
29 300 rpm 300 rpm 300 rpm
30 4 4 4
31 1.00 s 1.00 s 1.00 s
32 1.00 s 1.00 s 1.00 s
33 1.00 s 1.00 s 1.00 s
34 1.00 s 1.00 s 1.00 s
41 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
42 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
43 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
44 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
45 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
46 F-r F-r F-r
47 FrEE FrEE FrEE
48 rST rST rST
49 bIn bIn bIn
51 TrIP CPLS CPLS
52 STbL TrIP TrIP
55 nOr nOr nOr
58 LIn. LIn. LIn.
59 LIn. LIn. LIn.
60 O.-r O.-r O.-r
61 1.00 1.00 1.00
65 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
66 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
67 50 rpm 50 rpm 50 rpm
69 1 1 1
70 YES YES YES
71 nO nO nO
72 4s 4s 4s

251
LLE20ARDA002A

No Standard setting 44401-E072 (200V) 44401-E071 (100V)


73 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
74 0 rpm 0 rpm 0 rpm
75 3000 rpm 6000 rpm 6000 rpm
76 1 1 1
78 0 0 0
79 100% 100% 100%
80 nO nO nO
81 - - -
82 - - -
83 - - -
84 - - -
85 - - -
86 nO nO nO
d0 150 350 350
d1 20 80 80
d2 YES nO nO
d3 dEC dEC dEC
d4 0 0 0
bb nO nO nO
AA nO nO nO
99 00-OF 00-OF 00-OF

252
LLE20ARDA002A

9.9.2.2 System parameters (closed)


No. Standard setting 44401-E067(200V) 44401-E066(100V)
87 8P30 8P30 8P30
94 0 0 0
95 0 0 0
96 0 0 0
97 0 0 0
121 d-rEc d-rEc d-rEc
122 Depends on model 400 600
123 Depends on model 56 60
124 Depends on model 400 200
125 9 9 9
126 73 149 149
127 750 750 750
128 Depends on model 58 80
129 832 832 832
130 803 803 803
131 790 790 790
132 385 385 350
133 378 378 62
134 5 5 5
135 7 7 7
136 2 2 2
137 0 0 0
138 0 0 0
139 80 80 80
140 20 20 20
141 15 15 15
142 1083 1083 1083
143 E10 (3600rpm) 01770 (6000rpm) 01770 (6000rpm)
144 0 0 0
145 0 0 0
146 0 0 0
147 0 0 0
148 0 0 0
150 5 5 5
151 60 300 300
152 YES YES YES
153 Depends on model 01F40 3200
154 nO nO nO
155 nO nO nO
156 rEU rEU rEU
172 rST rST rST
173 nOr nOr nOr
176 nO nO nO
177 nO nO nO
178 Depends on model 512 570
179 500 500 500
180 400 400 400
181 500 500 500
182 Depends on model 155 148
183 nO nO nO

253
LLE20ARDA002A

9.10 Jig List


Touch sensor calibration jig (44570-0020) Calibration jig (44570-M020)

Flat lens (44570-M026) Size compensation jig (44570-M041)

Chuck pressure measurement jig (40391-0100) Right/left rotation axis adjustment jig (40396-M001)

254
LLE20ARDA002A

Wheel removal jig (40396-0100) Long closed wrench (40390-M603)

255
LLE20ARDA002A

9.11 Adjustment Item List


9.11.1 ASSYs and adjustment items

7.1.1 X axis drive ASSY (44501-1100) (p61)


7.1.2 Feedwater ASSY (44501-1200) (p61)
7.1.3 Joint ASSY L (44501-1210) (p62)
7.1.4 Joint ASSY H (44501-1220) (p62)
7.1.5 Spindle ASSY (45501-1400) (p63)
7.1.6 Power supply ASSY (45501-1500, 45501-15A0) (p64)
7.1.7 Inverter ASSY (45501-1520, 45501-1520A) (p66)
7.1.8 Display ASSY (44501-2110) (p67)
7.1.9 Switch board ASSY (44501-2120) (p67)
7.1.10 Main board ASSY (44501-2140) (p68)
7.1.11 Grooving/Drilling ASSY (44501-3000) (p69)
7.1.12 Slider ASSY (44501-3100) (p70)
7.1.13 Joint ASSY (44501-3200) (p71)
7.1.14 Processing ASSY (45501-3300) (p72)
7.1.15 Motor ASSY (44501-3400) (p73)
7.1.16 Left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100) (p74)
7.1.17 Left feeler ASSY (44501-4120) (p76)
Replacement part

Adjustment item
8.4 Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (p144) {
8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment (p145)
8.6 Touch Panel Calibration (p146) {
8.8.1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (p150) {
8.8.2 RMU calibration (p152)
8.8.3 LMU calibration (p153) {{
8.8.4 RMU size calibration (p155) {
8.8.5 Hole depth calibration (p155)
8.9.1 Wheel calibration (p156) { {
8.9.2 Drill unit calibration (p157) { {{{{
8.10 Feeler Height (p158) {{
8.11 Feeler Axis (p160) {{
8.12.3 Finish size (p165) { {
8.12.4 Groove position (p167)
8.12.5 Groove depth (p169)
8.12.6 Groove axis (p171)
8.12.7 Bevel position (p173)
8.12.8 Axis (p175)
8.12.9 Safety beveling wheel (p179)
8.12.10 SFB axis (p183)
8.12.11.1 Hole check (p186)
8.12.11.2 Hole diameter adjustment (p188)
8.12.11.3 Hole depth adjustment (p189) { { {{{{
8.12.11.4 Drill axis adjustment (p191)
8.12.11.5 Drill hole vertical position adjustment
(p193)
8.12.11.6 Drill arm origin (p195)
8.12.11.7 Front surface offset (p196)
8.12.12 Polish Differential Adjustment (p198)
8.12.13 Beveled edge polish (p200)
8.12.14 Polish axis (p202)
8.12.15 Polish size (p204) { {
8.13 Self Adjustment (p206) { { { {{{{

256
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.17 Left feeler ASSY (44501-4120) (p76)


7.1.16 Left lens measuring ASSY (44501-4100) (p74)
7.1.15 Motor ASSY (44501-3400) (p73)
7.1.14 Processing ASSY (45501-3300) (p72)
7.1.13 Joint ASSY (44501-3200) (p71)
7.1.12 Slider ASSY (44501-3100) (p70)
7.1.11 Grooving/Drilling ASSY (44501-3000) (p69)
7.1.10 Main board ASSY (44501-2140) (p68)
{
7.1.9 Switch board ASSY (44501-2120) (p67) {
7.1.8 Display ASSY (44501-2110) (p67)
7.1.7 Inverter ASSY (45501-1520, 45501-1520A) (p66)

{{
7.1.6 Power supply ASSY (45501-1500, 45501-15A0) (p64)
7.1.5 Spindle ASSY (45501-1400) (p63)
7.1.4 Joint ASSY H (44501-1220) (p62)
7.1.3 Joint ASSY L (44501-1210) (p62)

257
7.1.2 Feedwater ASSY (44501-1200) (p61)
7.1.1 X axis drive ASSY (44501-1100) (p61)

8.15 Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment (p217)

8.18 BL Motor Inverter Setting (p221)


Replacement part

Adjustment item
8.14 Connection Setting (p210)

8.17 Parameter Restore (p220)


8.16 Parameter Backup (p219)
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.18 Right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200) (p77)


7.1.19 Right feeler ASSY (44501-4220) (p79)
7.1.20 Carriage ASSY (44501-5000) (p80)
7.1.21 Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200) (p81)
7.1.22 Chuck shaft motor ASSY (44501-5210) (p82)
7.1.23 Y axis ASSY (44501-5300) (p83)
7.1.24 Periphery measurement ASSY (44501-7000) (p84)
7.1.25 Processing chamber ASSY (44501-9000) (p86)
7.1.26 Wheel ASSYs (p89)
7.1.27.1 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of left lens measuring ASSY (p90)
7.1.27.2 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of right lens measuring ASSY (p90)
Replacement part

Adjustment item
8.4 Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (p144) {{ {{
8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment (p145) {{{
8.6 Touch Panel Calibration (p146)
8.8.1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (p150) {{ {{ {{ {
8.8.2 RMU calibration (p152)
8.8.3 LMU calibration (p153)
8.8.4 RMU size calibration (p155) {{ {{ {{ {
8.8.5 Hole depth calibration (p155)
8.9.1 Wheel calibration (p156) { { { {{
8.9.2 Drill unit calibration (p157) { { { {
8.10 Feeler Height (p158) {{ { { { {
8.11 Feeler Axis (p160) {{ { { { {
8.12.3 Finish size (p165) { { { {{
8.12.4 Groove position (p167)
8.12.5 Groove depth (p169)
8.12.6 Groove axis (p171)
8.12.7 Bevel position (p173)
8.12.8 Axis (p175)
8.12.9 Safety beveling wheel (p179)
8.12.10 SFB axis (p183)
8.12.11.1 Hole check (p186)
8.12.11.2 Hole diameter adjustment (p188)
8.12.11.3 Hole depth adjustment (p189) {{ {{ { {{
8.12.11.4 Drill axis adjustment (p191)
8.12.11.5 Drill hole vertical position adjustment
(p193)
8.12.11.6 Drill arm origin (p195)
8.12.11.7 Front surface offset (p196)
8.12.12 Polish Differential Adjustment (p198)
8.12.13 Beveled edge polish (p200)
8.12.14 Polish axis (p202)
8.12.15 Polish size (p204) {{ { {{
8.13 Self Adjustment (p206) {{ { {{
8.14 Connection Setting (p210)

258
LLE20ARDA002A

7.1.27.2 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of right lens measuring ASSY (p90)


7.1.27.1 Motor ASSY (40350-4110) of left lens measuring ASSY (p90)
7.1.26 Wheel ASSYs (p89)
7.1.25 Processing chamber ASSY (44501-9000) (p86) {
7.1.24 Periphery measurement ASSY (44501-7000) (p84)
7.1.23 Y axis ASSY (44501-5300) (p83)
7.1.22 Chuck shaft motor ASSY (44501-5210) (p82)
7.1.21 Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-5200) (p81)
7.1.20 Carriage ASSY (44501-5000) (p80)

259
7.1.19 Right feeler ASSY (44501-4220) (p79)
7.1.18 Right lens measuring ASSY (44501-4200) (p77)

Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment (p217)

BL Motor Inverter Setting (p221)


Replacement part

Adjustment item

Parameter Restore (p220)


Parameter Backup (p219)
8.17
8.15
8.16

8.18
LLE20ARDA002A

9.11.2 Boards and adjustment items

7.2.1 Main board (44501-BA01) (p91)


7.2.2 I/O board (44501-BA02) (p92)
7.2.3 Switch board (44501-BA03) (p93)
7.2.4 Carriage connection board (44501-BA04) (p94)
7.2.5 LCD connection board (44501-BA05) (p95)
7.2.6 Drill connection board (44501-BA06) (p96)
7.2.7 LMU connection board (44501-BA07) (p97)
7.2.8 Periphery measurement connection board (44501-BA08) (p98)
7.2.9 SSR board (44501-BA09) (p99)
7.2.10 Motorized cover connection board (44501-BA10) (p100)
7.2.11 Interface board (44501-BA11) (p101)
7.2.12 USB board (44501-BA13) (p102)
Replacement part

Adjustment item
8.4 Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (p144)
8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment (p145) {
8.6 Touch Panel Calibration (p146)
8.8.1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (p150) { {
8.8.2 RMU calibration (p152)
8.8.3 LMU calibration (p153) {
8.8.4 RMU size calibration (p155) { {
8.8.5 Hole depth calibration (p155)
8.9.1 Wheel calibration (p156) { {
8.9.2 Drill unit calibration (p157) { { {
8.10 Feeler Height (p158) {
8.11 Feeler Axis (p160) {
8.12.3 Finish size (p165) { {
8.12.4 Groove position (p167)
8.12.5 Groove depth (p169)
8.12.6 Groove axis (p171)
8.12.7 Bevel position (p173)
8.12.8 Axis (p175)
8.12.9 Safety beveling wheel (p179)
8.12.10 SFB axis (p183)
8.12.11.1 Hole check (p186)
8.12.11.2 Hole diameter adjustment (p188)
8.12.11.3 Hole depth adjustment (p189) { { {
8.12.11.4 Drill axis adjustment (p191)
8.12.11.5 Drill hole vertical position adjustment
(p193)
8.12.11.6 Drill arm origin (p195)
8.12.11.7 Front surface offset (p196)
8.12.12 Polish Differential Adjustment (p198)
8.12.13 Beveled edge polish (p200)
8.12.14 Polish axis (p202)
8.12.15 Polish size (p204) { { {
8.13 Self Adjustment (p206) { {
8.14 Connection Setting (p210)

260
LLE20ARDA002A

7.2.12 USB board (44501-BA13) (p102)


7.2.11 Interface board (44501-BA11) (p101)
7.2.10 Motorized cover connection board (44501-BA10) (p100)
7.2.9 SSR board (44501-BA09) (p99)
7.2.8 Periphery measurement connection board (44501-BA08) (p98)
7.2.7 LMU connection board (44501-BA07) (p97)
7.2.6 Drill connection board (44501-BA06) (p96)
7.2.5 LCD connection board (44501-BA05) (p95)
7.2.4 Carriage connection board (44501-BA04) (p94)
7.2.3 Switch board (44501-BA03) (p93)

261
7.2.2 I/O board (44501-BA02) (p92)
7.2.1 Main board (44501-BA01) (p91)

{
{
8.15 Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment (p217)

8.18 BL Motor Inverter Setting (p221)


Replacement part

Adjustment item

8.17 Parameter Restore (p220)


8.16 Parameter Backup (p219)
LLE20ARDA002A

9.11.3 Electric parts and adjustment items

7.3.1.1 Cable ASSY (44501-CA27) (p103)


7.3.1.2 Cable ASSY (41971-CA07) (p104)
7.3.2.1 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA17) (p105)
7.3.2.2 Sensor ASSY (45501-CA38) (p106)
7.3.2.3 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA44) (p106)
7.3.2.4 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA51) (p107)
7.3.2.5 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA52) (p108)
7.3.2.6 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA53) (p109)
7.3.2.7 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA56) (p110)
7.3.3.1 DC motor (44501-E027) (p111)
7.3.3.2 DC motor (44001-E042) (p112)
Replacement part

Adjustment item
8.4 Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (p144)
8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment (p145) {{
8.6 Touch Panel Calibration (p146)
8.8.1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (p150) { {
8.8.2 RMU calibration (p152) {
8.8.3 LMU calibration (p153)
8.8.4 RMU size calibration (p155) { { {
8.8.5 Hole depth calibration (p155)
8.9.1 Wheel calibration (p156) { {
8.9.2 Drill unit calibration (p157) { {{{
8.10 Feeler Height (p158) {
8.11 Feeler Axis (p160) {
8.12.3 Finish size (p165) { {
8.12.4 Groove position (p167)
8.12.5 Groove depth (p169)
8.12.6 Groove axis (p171)
8.12.7 Bevel position (p173)
8.12.8 Axis (p175)
8.12.9 Safety beveling wheel (p179)
8.12.10 SFB axis (p183)
8.12.11.1 Hole check (p186)
8.12.11.2 Hole diameter adjustment (p188)
8.12.11.3 Hole depth adjustment (p189) { {{{
8.12.11.4 Drill axis adjustment (p191)
8.12.11.5 Drill hole vertical position adjustment
(p193)
8.12.11.6 Drill arm origin (p195)
8.12.11.7 Front surface offset (p196)
8.12.12 Polish Differential Adjustment (p198)
8.12.13 Beveled edge polish (p200)
8.12.14 Polish axis (p202)
8.12.15 Polish size (p204) { {
8.13 Self Adjustment (p206) { {{{
8.14 Connection Setting (p210)
8.15 Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment (p217)
8.16 Parameter Backup (p219)
8.17 Parameter Restore (p220)

262
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.3.2 DC motor (44001-E042) (p112)


7.3.3.1 DC motor (44501-E027) (p111)
7.3.2.7 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA56) (p110)
7.3.2.6 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA53) (p109)
7.3.2.5 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA52) (p108)
7.3.2.4 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA51) (p107)
7.3.2.3 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA44) (p106)
7.3.2.2 Sensor ASSY (45501-CA38) (p106)
7.3.2.1 Sensor ASSY (44501-CA17) (p105)

263
7.3.1.2 Cable ASSY (41971-CA07) (p104)
7.3.1.1 Cable ASSY (44501-CA27) (p103)
8.18 BL Motor Inverter Setting (p221)
Replacement part

Adjustment item
7.3.14 Switching regulator (80602-00101) (p126)
7.3.15 Circuit protector (p127)
7.3.13 Color LCD panel (44601-E010) (p125)
7.3.12 Brushless motor (44401-E070) (p125) {
{

{
7.3.11 BL motor inverter (44401-E071, 44401-E072) (p124)
7.3.10 DC fan (40350-E016) (p123)
7.3.9 Rotary encoder (34085-E202) (p122)
7.3.8 Inverter board (10701-E002) (p122)
7.3.7.2 Micro servo motor (40340-E070) for motor ASSY (p121)
7.3.7.1 Micro servo motor (44501-E070) for periphery measurement ASSY (p121)
7.3.6.2 Three-phase driver for Y axis ASSY (44501-E036) (p120)
7.3.6.1 Three-phase driver for Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-E036) (p119)
7.3.5.2 Three-phase stepping motor (44501-E035) for Y axis carriage ASSY (p117)

{{

{{

{{

{{
{{
{{

{{ {{{
7.3.5.1 Three-phase stepping motor (44501-E034) for Y axis ASSY (p116)
7.3.4.3 Pulse motor (80407-00217) of motor ASSY (p115)

{ {

264
7.3.4.2 Pulse motor (80407-00217) of slider ASSY (p114)
7.3.4.1 Pulse motor (44401-E022) of X axis drive ASSY (p113)

{
8.4 Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (p144)

8.12.11.5 Drill hole vertical position adjustment


8.12.11.2 Hole diameter adjustment (p188)
8.8.1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (p150)

8.12.11.3 Hole depth adjustment (p189)


8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment (p145)

8.12.11.4 Drill axis adjustment (p191)


8.12.9 Safety beveling wheel (p179)
8.6 Touch Panel Calibration (p146)

8.8.5 Hole depth calibration (p155)


Replacement part

Adjustment item

8.8.4 RMU size calibration (p155)

8.9.2 Drill unit calibration (p157)


8.9.1 Wheel calibration (p156)

8.12.4 Groove position (p167)


8.8.2 RMU calibration (p152)
8.8.3 LMU calibration (p153)

8.12.11.1 Hole check (p186)


8.12.7 Bevel position (p173)
8.12.5 Groove depth (p169)
8.12.6 Groove axis (p171)
8.10 Feeler Height (p158)

8.12.3 Finish size (p165)

8.12.10 SFB axis (p183)


8.11 Feeler Axis (p160)

8.12.8 Axis (p175)


LLE20ARDA002A

(p193)
LLE20ARDA002A

7.3.14 Switching regulator (80602-00101) (p126)


7.3.15 Circuit protector (p127)
7.3.13 Color LCD panel (44601-E010) (p125)
7.3.12 Brushless motor (44401-E070) (p125)

{
{
7.3.11 BL motor inverter (44401-E071, 44401-E072) (p124)

{
7.3.10 DC fan (40350-E016) (p123)
7.3.9 Rotary encoder (34085-E202) (p122)
7.3.8 Inverter board (10701-E002) (p122)
7.3.7.2 Micro servo motor (40340-E070) for motor ASSY (p121)
7.3.7.1 Micro servo motor (44501-E070) for periphery measurement ASSY (p121)
7.3.6.2 Three-phase driver for Y axis ASSY (44501-E036) (p120)
7.3.6.1 Three-phase driver for Y axis carriage ASSY (44501-E036) (p119)
7.3.5.2 Three-phase stepping motor (44501-E035) for Y axis carriage ASSY (p117)

{{
{{ {{{
7.3.5.1 Three-phase stepping motor (44501-E034) for Y axis ASSY (p116)
7.3.4.3 Pulse motor (80407-00217) of motor ASSY (p115)

265
7.3.4.2 Pulse motor (80407-00217) of slider ASSY (p114)
7.3.4.1 Pulse motor (44401-E022) of X axis drive ASSY (p113)

8.15 Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment (p217)


8.12.12 Polish Differential Adjustment (p198)

8.18 BL Motor Inverter Setting (p221)


8.12.11.7 Front surface offset (p196)

8.12.13 Beveled edge polish (p200)


Replacement part

Adjustment item
8.12.11.6 Drill arm origin (p195)

8.14 Connection Setting (p210)

8.17 Parameter Restore (p220)


8.16 Parameter Backup (p219)
8.13 Self Adjustment (p206)
8.12.14 Polish axis (p202)
8.12.15 Polish size (p204)
LLE20ARDA002A

9.11.4 Mechanical parts and adjustment items

7.4.1 End mill (40350-M372) (p127)


7.4.2 Grooving wheel (43131-M001) (p128)
7.4.3 Safety beveling wheel (45501-M352) (p129)
7.4.4.1 Feeler of the left feeler ASSY (44501-M462) (p130)
7.4.4.2 Feeler of the right feeler ASSY (40350-M436) (p130)
7.4.5.1 Timing belt (44501-M584) (p131)
7.4.5.2 Timing belt (44001-M538) (p131)
7.4.6 Ball screw (40350-M552) (p132)
Replacement part

Adjustment item
8.4 Brushless Motor Vibration Noise Check (p144)
8.5 Chuck Pressure Adjustment (p145)
8.6 Touch Panel Calibration (p146)
8.8.1 Full (RMU + LMU) calibration (p150) {
8.8.2 RMU calibration (p152)
8.8.3 LMU calibration (p153) {{
8.8.4 RMU size calibration (p155) {
8.8.5 Hole depth calibration (p155) {{ {
8.9.1 Wheel calibration (p156) {
8.9.2 Drill unit calibration (p157) {
8.10 Feeler Height (p158) { {
8.11 Feeler Axis (p160) { {
8.12.3 Finish size (p165) {
8.12.4 Groove position (p167)
8.12.5 Groove depth (p169)
8.12.6 Groove axis (p171)
8.12.7 Bevel position (p173)
8.12.8 Axis (p175)
8.12.9 Safety beveling wheel (p179)
8.12.10 SFB axis (p183)
8.12.11.1 Hole check (p186)
8.12.11.2 Hole diameter adjustment (p188)
8.12.11.3 Hole depth adjustment (p189) { { {
8.12.11.4 Drill axis adjustment (p191)
8.12.11.5 Drill hole vertical position adjustment
(p193)
8.12.11.6 Drill arm origin (p195)
8.12.11.7 Front surface offset (p196)
8.12.12 Polish Differential Adjustment (p198)
8.12.13 Beveled edge polish (p200)
8.12.14 Polish axis (p202)
8.12.15 Polish size (p204) {
8.13 Self Adjustment (p206) { { {
8.14 Connection Setting (p210)

266
LLE20ARDA002A

7.4.6 Ball screw (40350-M552) (p132)


7.4.5.2 Timing belt (44001-M538) (p131)
7.4.5.1 Timing belt (44501-M584) (p131)
7.4.4.2 Feeler of the right feeler ASSY (40350-M436) (p130)
7.4.4.1 Feeler of the left feeler ASSY (44501-M462) (p130)
7.4.3 Safety beveling wheel (45501-M352) (p129)

267
7.4.2 Grooving wheel (43131-M001) (p128)
7.4.1 End mill (40350-M372) (p127)

8.15 Feedwater Nozzle Position Adjustment (p217)

8.18 BL Motor Inverter Setting (p221)


Replacement part

Adjustment item

8.17 Parameter Restore (p220)


8.16 Parameter Backup (p219)
LLE20ARDA002A

9.12 Screw List

࠽࠶࠻౐ⷺ
⒳ ࠮ࡓࠬࡀࠫ
59 29ઃ ౐ⷺࡏ࡞࠻ ࡢ࠶ࠪࡖࠬࡊ࡝ࡦࠣ
0 *':#)10076 $5 5'/5(#56'0'4
YKVJ59 29 *$ *':#)10*'#&$1.6 59 524+0)9#5*'4

࠽࠶࠻౐ⷺ
⒳ ዊࡀࠫ
⇟⒳ߥߴ ᱛ߼ࡀࠫ౐ⷺⓣઃ ࠪࡦࡋ࠶࠼ࡀࠫ
0 *':#)10076 %- /#%*+0'5%4'9
2CPJGCF ** *':#)1051%-'65'65%4'9 6$ /#%*+0'5%4'9
6JKPJGCF

ࡢ࠶ࠪࡖᐔ
⒳ ዊࡀࠫ
⇟⒳ߥߴ ዊࡀࠫਣ⋁ ዊࡀࠫ࠻࡜ࠬ
29 9#5*'4 %- /#%*+0'5%4'9
2CPJGCF 1% /#%*+0'5%4'9
1XCNJGCF 6% /#%*+0'5%4'9
6TWUUJGCF

ࡢ࠶ࠪࡖᐔ
․ᱶኸᴺ ᱛ߼ベ㧯ဳ ዊࡀࠫߥߴ ᱛ߼ࡀࠫߔࠅഀઃ
9 9#5*'4
5RGEKCNUK\G %6 4'6#+0+0)4+0)%6;2' 2% /#%*+0'5%4'9
2CPJGCF 6) 5.166'&5'65%4'9

ࡢ࠶ࠪࡖ
ࡐ࡝ࠬ࡜ࠗ࠳࡯ ࠮ࡓࠬࡀࠫ
69ઃ ࠲࠶ࡊ࠲ࠗ࠻ࡀࠫ
ߥߴ ᱛ߼ࡀࠫ౐ⷺⓣઃ
9 9#5*'4
2QN[UNKFGT &5 5'/5(#56'0'4
YKVJ69 26 6#22+0)5%4'9
2CPJGCF 6* *':#)1051%-'65'65%4'9

ࡢ࠶ࠪࡖ
࠽ࠗࡠࡦ ᱛ߼ベ㧱ဳ ࡢ࠶ࠪࡖᐔዊဳਣ
⒳ ࠹࡯ࡄࡇࡦ
9 9#5*'4
0[NQP '6 4'6#+0+0)4+0)'6;2' 29 9#5*'4 62 6#2'42+0

࠮ࡓࠬࡀࠫ
59 29ઃ ዊࡀࠫ⋁ ࡇࡦࠬࡊ࡝ࡦࠣ ᱤઃ߈ᐳ㊄
#5 5'/5(#56'0'4
YKVJ59 29 (% (.#6*'#&5%4'9 42 524+0)2+0 69 56#49#5*'4

࠲࠶ࡇࡦࡀࠫ
ᧁࡀࠫ↪ ᱛ߼ࡀࠫߔࠅഀઃ
ᐔవ ࡏ࡞࠻౐ⷺⓣઃ ࡢ࠶ࠪࡖᵄ
#6 6#22+0)5%4'9
9QQFUETGY () 5.166'&5'65%4'9
(NCVRQKPV 5$ *':#)1051%-'6*'#&%#25%4'9 99 9#8'9#5*'4

ዊࡀࠫ
ࡃࠗࡦ࠼ ዊࡀࠫ
⇟⒳⋁ ࡇࡦᐔⴕ
$% /#%*+0'5%4'9
$KPFKPIJGCF (- /#%*+0'5%4'9
(NCVJGCF 52 564#+)*62+0

268

You might also like